blob: ef91effe3ff35ffa040b44fcddcb49fa453d7bb0 [file] [log] [blame]
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001//===- SROA.cpp - Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates ------------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9/// \file
10/// This transformation implements the well known scalar replacement of
11/// aggregates transformation. It tries to identify promotable elements of an
12/// aggregate alloca, and promote them to registers. It will also try to
13/// convert uses of an element (or set of elements) of an alloca into a vector
14/// or bitfield-style integer scalar if appropriate.
15///
16/// It works to do this with minimal slicing of the alloca so that regions
17/// which are merely transferred in and out of external memory remain unchanged
18/// and are not decomposed to scalar code.
19///
20/// Because this also performs alloca promotion, it can be thought of as also
21/// serving the purpose of SSA formation. The algorithm iterates on the
22/// function until all opportunities for promotion have been realized.
23///
24//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
25
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000026#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
28#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
30#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionTracker.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/PtrUseVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000034#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000035#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
Chandler Carruth12664a02014-03-06 00:22:06 +000036#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000037#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
Chandler Carruth9a4c9e52014-03-06 00:46:21 +000038#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000039#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000040#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000041#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth7da14f12014-03-06 03:23:41 +000043#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000044#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
45#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000047#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000048#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +000050#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000051#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
52#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000053#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000054#include "llvm/Support/TimeValue.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000055#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000056#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
57#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h"
58#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000059
60#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
61// We only use this for a debug check in C++11
62#include <random>
63#endif
64
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000065using namespace llvm;
66
Chandler Carruth964daaa2014-04-22 02:55:47 +000067#define DEBUG_TYPE "sroa"
68
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000069STATISTIC(NumAllocasAnalyzed, "Number of allocas analyzed for replacement");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000070STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitions, "Number of alloca partitions formed");
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +000071STATISTIC(MaxPartitionsPerAlloca, "Maximum number of partitions per alloca");
72STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitionUses, "Number of alloca partition uses rewritten");
73STATISTIC(MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition, "Maximum number of uses of a partition");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000074STATISTIC(NumNewAllocas, "Number of new, smaller allocas introduced");
75STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of allocas promoted to SSA values");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000076STATISTIC(NumLoadsSpeculated, "Number of loads speculated to allow promotion");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000077STATISTIC(NumDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted");
78STATISTIC(NumVectorized, "Number of vectorized aggregates");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000079
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000080/// Hidden option to force the pass to not use DomTree and mem2reg, instead
81/// forming SSA values through the SSAUpdater infrastructure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000082static cl::opt<bool> ForceSSAUpdater("force-ssa-updater", cl::init(false),
83 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000084
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000085/// Hidden option to enable randomly shuffling the slices to help uncover
86/// instability in their order.
87static cl::opt<bool> SROARandomShuffleSlices("sroa-random-shuffle-slices",
88 cl::init(false), cl::Hidden);
89
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000090/// Hidden option to experiment with completely strict handling of inbounds
91/// GEPs.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000092static cl::opt<bool> SROAStrictInbounds("sroa-strict-inbounds", cl::init(false),
93 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000094
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000095namespace {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000096/// \brief A custom IRBuilder inserter which prefixes all names if they are
97/// preserved.
98template <bool preserveNames = true>
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000099class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter
100 : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<preserveNames> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000101 std::string Prefix;
102
103public:
104 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) { Prefix = P.str(); }
105
106protected:
107 void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB,
108 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const {
109 IRBuilderDefaultInserter<preserveNames>::InsertHelper(
110 I, Name.isTriviallyEmpty() ? Name : Prefix + Name, BB, InsertPt);
111 }
112};
113
114// Specialization for not preserving the name is trivial.
115template <>
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000116class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<false>
117 : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<false> {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000118public:
119 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) {}
120};
121
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000122/// \brief Provide a typedef for IRBuilder that drops names in release builds.
123#ifndef NDEBUG
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000124typedef llvm::IRBuilder<true, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<true>>
125 IRBuilderTy;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000126#else
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000127typedef llvm::IRBuilder<false, ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter<false>>
128 IRBuilderTy;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000129#endif
130}
131
132namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000133/// \brief A used slice of an alloca.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000134///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000135/// This structure represents a slice of an alloca used by some instruction. It
136/// stores both the begin and end offsets of this use, a pointer to the use
137/// itself, and a flag indicating whether we can classify the use as splittable
138/// or not when forming partitions of the alloca.
139class Slice {
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000140 /// \brief The beginning offset of the range.
141 uint64_t BeginOffset;
142
143 /// \brief The ending offset, not included in the range.
144 uint64_t EndOffset;
145
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000146 /// \brief Storage for both the use of this slice and whether it can be
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000147 /// split.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000148 PointerIntPair<Use *, 1, bool> UseAndIsSplittable;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000149
150public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000151 Slice() : BeginOffset(), EndOffset() {}
152 Slice(uint64_t BeginOffset, uint64_t EndOffset, Use *U, bool IsSplittable)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000153 : BeginOffset(BeginOffset), EndOffset(EndOffset),
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000154 UseAndIsSplittable(U, IsSplittable) {}
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000155
156 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
157 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
158
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000159 bool isSplittable() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getInt(); }
160 void makeUnsplittable() { UseAndIsSplittable.setInt(false); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000161
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000162 Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000163
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000164 bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; }
165 void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000166
167 /// \brief Support for ordering ranges.
168 ///
169 /// This provides an ordering over ranges such that start offsets are
170 /// always increasing, and within equal start offsets, the end offsets are
171 /// decreasing. Thus the spanning range comes first in a cluster with the
172 /// same start position.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000173 bool operator<(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000174 if (beginOffset() < RHS.beginOffset())
175 return true;
176 if (beginOffset() > RHS.beginOffset())
177 return false;
178 if (isSplittable() != RHS.isSplittable())
179 return !isSplittable();
180 if (endOffset() > RHS.endOffset())
181 return true;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000182 return false;
183 }
184
185 /// \brief Support comparison with a single offset to allow binary searches.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000186 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(const Slice &LHS,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000187 uint64_t RHSOffset) {
188 return LHS.beginOffset() < RHSOffset;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000189 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000190 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(uint64_t LHSOffset,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000191 const Slice &RHS) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000192 return LHSOffset < RHS.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000193 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000194
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000195 bool operator==(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000196 return isSplittable() == RHS.isSplittable() &&
197 beginOffset() == RHS.beginOffset() && endOffset() == RHS.endOffset();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000198 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000199 bool operator!=(const Slice &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000200};
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000201} // end anonymous namespace
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000202
203namespace llvm {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000204template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000205template <> struct isPodLike<Slice> { static const bool value = true; };
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000206}
207
208namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000209/// \brief Representation of the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000210///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000211/// This class represents the slices of an alloca which are formed by its
212/// various uses. If a pointer escapes, we can't fully build a representation
213/// for the slices used and we reflect that in this structure. The uses are
214/// stored, sorted by increasing beginning offset and with unsplittable slices
215/// starting at a particular offset before splittable slices.
216class AllocaSlices {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000217public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000218 /// \brief Construct the slices of a particular alloca.
219 AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000220
221 /// \brief Test whether a pointer to the allocation escapes our analysis.
222 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000223 /// If this is true, the slices are never fully built and should be
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000224 /// ignored.
225 bool isEscaped() const { return PointerEscapingInstr; }
226
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000227 /// \brief Support for iterating over the slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000228 /// @{
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000229 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::iterator iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000230 typedef iterator_range<iterator> range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000231 iterator begin() { return Slices.begin(); }
232 iterator end() { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000233
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000234 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::const_iterator const_iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000235 typedef iterator_range<const_iterator> const_range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000236 const_iterator begin() const { return Slices.begin(); }
237 const_iterator end() const { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000238 /// @}
239
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000240 /// \brief Erase a range of slices.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +0000241 void erase(iterator Start, iterator Stop) { Slices.erase(Start, Stop); }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000242
243 /// \brief Insert new slices for this alloca.
244 ///
245 /// This moves the slices into the alloca's slices collection, and re-sorts
246 /// everything so that the usual ordering properties of the alloca's slices
247 /// hold.
248 void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) {
249 int OldSize = Slices.size();
250 std::move(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end(), std::back_inserter(Slices));
251 auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize;
252 std::sort(SliceI, Slices.end());
253 std::inplace_merge(Slices.begin(), SliceI, Slices.end());
254 }
255
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000256 // Forward declare an iterator to befriend it.
257 class partition_iterator;
258
259 /// \brief A partition of the slices.
260 ///
261 /// An ephemeral representation for a range of slices which can be viewed as
262 /// a partition of the alloca. This range represents a span of the alloca's
263 /// memory which cannot be split, and provides access to all of the slices
264 /// overlapping some part of the partition.
265 ///
266 /// Objects of this type are produced by traversing the alloca's slices, but
267 /// are only ephemeral and not persistent.
268 class Partition {
269 private:
270 friend class AllocaSlices;
271 friend class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator;
272
273 /// \brief The begining and ending offsets of the alloca for this partition.
274 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
275
276 /// \brief The start end end iterators of this partition.
277 iterator SI, SJ;
278
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000279 /// \brief A collection of split slice tails overlapping the partition.
280 SmallVector<Slice *, 4> SplitTails;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000281
282 /// \brief Raw constructor builds an empty partition starting and ending at
283 /// the given iterator.
284 Partition(iterator SI) : SI(SI), SJ(SI) {}
285
286 public:
287 /// \brief The start offset of this partition.
288 ///
289 /// All of the contained slices start at or after this offset.
290 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
291
292 /// \brief The end offset of this partition.
293 ///
294 /// All of the contained slices end at or before this offset.
295 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
296
297 /// \brief The size of the partition.
298 ///
299 /// Note that this can never be zero.
300 uint64_t size() const {
301 assert(BeginOffset < EndOffset && "Partitions must span some bytes!");
302 return EndOffset - BeginOffset;
303 }
304
305 /// \brief Test whether this partition contains no slices, and merely spans
306 /// a region occupied by split slices.
307 bool empty() const { return SI == SJ; }
308
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000309 /// \name Iterate slices that start within the partition.
310 /// These may be splittable or unsplittable. They have a begin offset >= the
311 /// partition begin offset.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000312 /// @{
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000313 // FIXME: We should probably define a "concat_iterator" helper and use that
314 // to stitch together pointee_iterators over the split tails and the
315 // contiguous iterators of the partition. That would give a much nicer
316 // interface here. We could then additionally expose filtered iterators for
317 // split, unsplit, and unsplittable splices based on the usage patterns.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000318 iterator begin() const { return SI; }
319 iterator end() const { return SJ; }
320 /// @}
321
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000322 /// \brief Get the sequence of split slice tails.
323 ///
324 /// These tails are of slices which start before this partition but are
325 /// split and overlap into the partition. We accumulate these while forming
326 /// partitions.
327 ArrayRef<Slice *> splitSliceTails() const { return SplitTails; }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000328 };
329
330 /// \brief An iterator over partitions of the alloca's slices.
331 ///
332 /// This iterator implements the core algorithm for partitioning the alloca's
333 /// slices. It is a forward iterator as we don't support backtracking for
334 /// efficiency reasons, and re-use a single storage area to maintain the
335 /// current set of split slices.
336 ///
337 /// It is templated on the slice iterator type to use so that it can operate
338 /// with either const or non-const slice iterators.
339 class partition_iterator
340 : public iterator_facade_base<partition_iterator,
341 std::forward_iterator_tag, Partition> {
342 friend class AllocaSlices;
343
344 /// \brief Most of the state for walking the partitions is held in a class
345 /// with a nice interface for examining them.
346 Partition P;
347
348 /// \brief We need to keep the end of the slices to know when to stop.
349 AllocaSlices::iterator SE;
350
351 /// \brief We also need to keep track of the maximum split end offset seen.
352 /// FIXME: Do we really?
353 uint64_t MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
354
355 /// \brief Sets the partition to be empty at given iterator, and sets the
356 /// end iterator.
357 partition_iterator(AllocaSlices::iterator SI, AllocaSlices::iterator SE)
358 : P(SI), SE(SE), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset(0) {
359 // If not already at the end, advance our state to form the initial
360 // partition.
361 if (SI != SE)
362 advance();
363 }
364
365 /// \brief Advance the iterator to the next partition.
366 ///
367 /// Requires that the iterator not be at the end of the slices.
368 void advance() {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000369 assert((P.SI != SE || !P.SplitTails.empty()) &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000370 "Cannot advance past the end of the slices!");
371
372 // Clear out any split uses which have ended.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000373 if (!P.SplitTails.empty()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000374 if (P.EndOffset >= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset) {
375 // If we've finished all splits, this is easy.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000376 P.SplitTails.clear();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000377 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0;
378 } else {
379 // Remove the uses which have ended in the prior partition. This
380 // cannot change the max split slice end because we just checked that
381 // the prior partition ended prior to that max.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000382 P.SplitTails.erase(
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000383 std::remove_if(
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000384 P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000385 [&](Slice *S) { return S->endOffset() <= P.EndOffset; }),
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000386 P.SplitTails.end());
387 assert(std::any_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000388 [&](Slice *S) {
389 return S->endOffset() == MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
390 }) &&
391 "Could not find the current max split slice offset!");
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000392 assert(std::all_of(P.SplitTails.begin(), P.SplitTails.end(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000393 [&](Slice *S) {
394 return S->endOffset() <= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
395 }) &&
396 "Max split slice end offset is not actually the max!");
397 }
398 }
399
400 // If P.SI is already at the end, then we've cleared the split tail and
401 // now have an end iterator.
402 if (P.SI == SE) {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000403 assert(P.SplitTails.empty() && "Failed to clear the split slices!");
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000404 return;
405 }
406
407 // If we had a non-empty partition previously, set up the state for
408 // subsequent partitions.
409 if (P.SI != P.SJ) {
410 // Accumulate all the splittable slices which started in the old
411 // partition into the split list.
412 for (Slice &S : P)
413 if (S.isSplittable() && S.endOffset() > P.EndOffset) {
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000414 P.SplitTails.push_back(&S);
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000415 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset =
416 std::max(S.endOffset(), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset);
417 }
418
419 // Start from the end of the previous partition.
420 P.SI = P.SJ;
421
422 // If P.SI is now at the end, we at most have a tail of split slices.
423 if (P.SI == SE) {
424 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
425 P.EndOffset = MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
426 return;
427 }
428
429 // If the we have split slices and the next slice is after a gap and is
430 // not splittable immediately form an empty partition for the split
431 // slices up until the next slice begins.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000432 if (!P.SplitTails.empty() && P.SI->beginOffset() != P.EndOffset &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000433 !P.SI->isSplittable()) {
434 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
435 P.EndOffset = P.SI->beginOffset();
436 return;
437 }
438 }
439
440 // OK, we need to consume new slices. Set the end offset based on the
441 // current slice, and step SJ past it. The beginning offset of the
442 // parttion is the beginning offset of the next slice unless we have
443 // pre-existing split slices that are continuing, in which case we begin
444 // at the prior end offset.
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000445 P.BeginOffset = P.SplitTails.empty() ? P.SI->beginOffset() : P.EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000446 P.EndOffset = P.SI->endOffset();
447 ++P.SJ;
448
449 // There are two strategies to form a partition based on whether the
450 // partition starts with an unsplittable slice or a splittable slice.
451 if (!P.SI->isSplittable()) {
452 // When we're forming an unsplittable region, it must always start at
453 // the first slice and will extend through its end.
454 assert(P.BeginOffset == P.SI->beginOffset());
455
456 // Form a partition including all of the overlapping slices with this
457 // unsplittable slice.
458 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
459 if (!P.SJ->isSplittable())
460 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
461 ++P.SJ;
462 }
463
464 // We have a partition across a set of overlapping unsplittable
465 // partitions.
466 return;
467 }
468
469 // If we're starting with a splittable slice, then we need to form
470 // a synthetic partition spanning it and any other overlapping splittable
471 // splices.
472 assert(P.SI->isSplittable() && "Forming a splittable partition!");
473
474 // Collect all of the overlapping splittable slices.
475 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset &&
476 P.SJ->isSplittable()) {
477 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
478 ++P.SJ;
479 }
480
481 // Back upiP.EndOffset if we ended the span early when encountering an
482 // unsplittable slice. This synthesizes the early end offset of
483 // a partition spanning only splittable slices.
484 if (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
485 assert(!P.SJ->isSplittable());
486 P.EndOffset = P.SJ->beginOffset();
487 }
488 }
489
490 public:
491 bool operator==(const partition_iterator &RHS) const {
492 assert(SE == RHS.SE &&
493 "End iterators don't match between compared partition iterators!");
494
495 // The observed positions of partitions is marked by the P.SI iterator and
496 // the emptyness of the split slices. The latter is only relevant when
497 // P.SI == SE, as the end iterator will additionally have an empty split
498 // slices list, but the prior may have the same P.SI and a tail of split
499 // slices.
500 if (P.SI == RHS.P.SI &&
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000501 P.SplitTails.empty() == RHS.P.SplitTails.empty()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000502 assert(P.SJ == RHS.P.SJ &&
503 "Same set of slices formed two different sized partitions!");
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000504 assert(P.SplitTails.size() == RHS.P.SplitTails.size() &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000505 "Same slice position with differently sized non-empty split "
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +0000506 "slice tails!");
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000507 return true;
508 }
509 return false;
510 }
511
512 partition_iterator &operator++() {
513 advance();
514 return *this;
515 }
516
517 Partition &operator*() { return P; }
518 };
519
520 /// \brief A forward range over the partitions of the alloca's slices.
521 ///
522 /// This accesses an iterator range over the partitions of the alloca's
523 /// slices. It computes these partitions on the fly based on the overlapping
524 /// offsets of the slices and the ability to split them. It will visit "empty"
525 /// partitions to cover regions of the alloca only accessed via split
526 /// slices.
527 iterator_range<partition_iterator> partitions() {
528 return make_range(partition_iterator(begin(), end()),
529 partition_iterator(end(), end()));
530 }
531
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000532 /// \brief Access the dead users for this alloca.
533 ArrayRef<Instruction *> getDeadUsers() const { return DeadUsers; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000534
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000535 /// \brief Access the dead operands referring to this alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000536 ///
537 /// These are operands which have cannot actually be used to refer to the
538 /// alloca as they are outside its range and the user doesn't correct for
539 /// that. These mostly consist of PHI node inputs and the like which we just
540 /// need to replace with undef.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000541 ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadOperands() const { return DeadOperands; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000542
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000543#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000544 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000545 void printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
546 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000547 void printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
548 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000549 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +0000550 void dump(const_iterator I) const;
551 void dump() const;
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000552#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000553
554private:
555 template <typename DerivedT, typename RetT = void> class BuilderBase;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000556 class SliceBuilder;
557 friend class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000558
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000559#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000560 /// \brief Handle to alloca instruction to simplify method interfaces.
561 AllocaInst &AI;
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000562#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000563
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000564 /// \brief The instruction responsible for this alloca not having a known set
565 /// of slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000566 ///
567 /// When an instruction (potentially) escapes the pointer to the alloca, we
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000568 /// store a pointer to that here and abort trying to form slices of the
569 /// alloca. This will be null if the alloca slices are analyzed successfully.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000570 Instruction *PointerEscapingInstr;
571
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000572 /// \brief The slices of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000573 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000574 /// We store a vector of the slices formed by uses of the alloca here. This
575 /// vector is sorted by increasing begin offset, and then the unsplittable
576 /// slices before the splittable ones. See the Slice inner class for more
577 /// details.
578 SmallVector<Slice, 8> Slices;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000579
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000580 /// \brief Instructions which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
581 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000582 /// Note that these are not separated by slice. This is because we expect an
583 /// alloca to be completely rewritten or not rewritten at all. If rewritten,
584 /// all these instructions can simply be removed and replaced with undef as
585 /// they come from outside of the allocated space.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000586 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadUsers;
587
588 /// \brief Operands which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
589 ///
590 /// These are operands that in their particular use can be replaced with
591 /// undef when we rewrite the alloca. These show up in out-of-bounds inputs
592 /// to PHI nodes and the like. They aren't entirely dead (there might be
593 /// a GEP back into the bounds using it elsewhere) and nor is the PHI, but we
594 /// want to swap this particular input for undef to simplify the use lists of
595 /// the alloca.
596 SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadOperands;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000597};
598}
599
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000600static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
601 // If the condition being selected on is a constant or the same value is
602 // being selected between, fold the select. Yes this does (rarely) happen
603 // early on.
604 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI.getCondition()))
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000605 return SI.getOperand(1 + CI->isZero());
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000606 if (SI.getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(2))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000607 return SI.getOperand(1);
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000608
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000609 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000610}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000611
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000612/// \brief A helper that folds a PHI node or a select.
613static Value *foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
614 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I)) {
615 // If PN merges together the same value, return that value.
616 return PN->hasConstantValue();
617 }
618 return foldSelectInst(cast<SelectInst>(I));
619}
620
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000621/// \brief Builder for the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000622///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000623/// This class builds a set of alloca slices by recursively visiting the uses
624/// of an alloca and making a slice for each load and store at each offset.
625class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder : public PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> {
626 friend class PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
627 friend class InstVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
628 typedef PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> Base;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000629
630 const uint64_t AllocSize;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000631 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000632
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000633 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned> MemTransferSliceMap;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000634 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, uint64_t> PHIOrSelectSizes;
635
636 /// \brief Set to de-duplicate dead instructions found in the use walk.
637 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> VisitedDeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000638
639public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000640 SliceBuilder(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS)
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000641 : PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>(DL),
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000642 AllocSize(DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType())), AS(AS) {}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000643
644private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000645 void markAsDead(Instruction &I) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000646 if (VisitedDeadInsts.insert(&I).second)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000647 AS.DeadUsers.push_back(&I);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000648 }
649
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000650 void insertUse(Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, uint64_t Size,
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000651 bool IsSplittable = false) {
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000652 // Completely skip uses which have a zero size or start either before or
653 // past the end of the allocation.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000654 if (Size == 0 || Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000655 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000656 << " which has zero size or starts outside of the "
657 << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000658 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000659 << " use: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000660 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000661 }
662
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000663 uint64_t BeginOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
664 uint64_t EndOffset = BeginOffset + Size;
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000665
666 // Clamp the end offset to the end of the allocation. Note that this is
667 // formulated to handle even the case where "BeginOffset + Size" overflows.
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000668 // This may appear superficially to be something we could ignore entirely,
669 // but that is not so! There may be widened loads or PHI-node uses where
670 // some instructions are dead but not others. We can't completely ignore
671 // them, and so have to record at least the information here.
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000672 assert(AllocSize >= BeginOffset); // Established above.
673 if (Size > AllocSize - BeginOffset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000674 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Clamping a " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
675 << " to remain within the " << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000676 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000677 << " use: " << I << "\n");
678 EndOffset = AllocSize;
679 }
680
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000681 AS.Slices.push_back(Slice(BeginOffset, EndOffset, U, IsSplittable));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000682 }
683
684 void visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
685 if (BC.use_empty())
686 return markAsDead(BC);
687
688 return Base::visitBitCastInst(BC);
689 }
690
691 void visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
692 if (GEPI.use_empty())
693 return markAsDead(GEPI);
694
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000695 if (SROAStrictInbounds && GEPI.isInBounds()) {
696 // FIXME: This is a manually un-factored variant of the basic code inside
697 // of GEPs with checking of the inbounds invariant specified in the
698 // langref in a very strict sense. If we ever want to enable
699 // SROAStrictInbounds, this code should be factored cleanly into
700 // PtrUseVisitor, but it is easier to experiment with SROAStrictInbounds
701 // by writing out the code here where we have tho underlying allocation
702 // size readily available.
703 APInt GEPOffset = Offset;
704 for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPI),
705 GTE = gep_type_end(GEPI);
706 GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
707 ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand());
708 if (!OpC)
709 break;
710
711 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
712 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
713 unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue();
714 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
715 GEPOffset +=
716 APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx));
717 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000718 // For array or vector indices, scale the index by the size of the
719 // type.
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000720 APInt Index = OpC->getValue().sextOrTrunc(Offset.getBitWidth());
721 GEPOffset += Index * APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(),
722 DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
723 }
724
725 // If this index has computed an intermediate pointer which is not
726 // inbounds, then the result of the GEP is a poison value and we can
727 // delete it and all uses.
728 if (GEPOffset.ugt(AllocSize))
729 return markAsDead(GEPI);
730 }
731 }
732
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000733 return Base::visitGetElementPtrInst(GEPI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000734 }
735
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000736 void handleLoadOrStore(Type *Ty, Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset,
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000737 uint64_t Size, bool IsVolatile) {
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +0000738 // We allow splitting of loads and stores where the type is an integer type
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000739 // and cover the entire alloca. This prevents us from splitting over
740 // eagerly.
741 // FIXME: In the great blue eventually, we should eagerly split all integer
742 // loads and stores, and then have a separate step that merges adjacent
743 // alloca partitions into a single partition suitable for integer widening.
744 // Or we should skip the merge step and rely on GVN and other passes to
745 // merge adjacent loads and stores that survive mem2reg.
746 bool IsSplittable =
747 Ty->isIntegerTy() && !IsVolatile && Offset == 0 && Size >= AllocSize;
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +0000748
749 insertUse(I, Offset, Size, IsSplittable);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000750 }
751
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000752 void visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000753 assert((!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
754 "All simple FCA loads should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000755
756 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
757 return PI.setAborted(&LI);
758
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000759 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType());
760 return handleLoadOrStore(LI.getType(), LI, Offset, Size, LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000761 }
762
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000763 void visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000764 Value *ValOp = SI.getValueOperand();
765 if (ValOp == *U)
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000766 return PI.setEscapedAndAborted(&SI);
767 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
768 return PI.setAborted(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000769
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000770 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValOp->getType());
771
772 // If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the
773 // bounds of of the allocation, it's behavior is undefined, so simply
774 // ignore it. Note that this is more strict than the generic clamping
775 // behavior of insertUse. We also try to handle cases which might run the
776 // risk of overflow.
777 // FIXME: We should instead consider the pointer to have escaped if this
778 // function is being instrumented for addressing bugs or race conditions.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000779 if (Size > AllocSize || Offset.ugt(AllocSize - Size)) {
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000780 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte store @" << Offset
781 << " which extends past the end of the " << AllocSize
782 << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000783 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000784 << " use: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000785 return markAsDead(SI);
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000786 }
787
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000788 assert((!SI.isSimple() || ValOp->getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
789 "All simple FCA stores should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000790 handleLoadOrStore(ValOp->getType(), SI, Offset, Size, SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000791 }
792
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000793 void visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
Chandler Carruthb0de6dd2012-09-14 10:26:34 +0000794 assert(II.getRawDest() == *U && "Pointer use is not the destination?");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000795 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000796 if ((Length && Length->getValue() == 0) ||
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000797 (IsOffsetKnown && Offset.uge(AllocSize)))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000798 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000799 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000800
801 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
802 return PI.setAborted(&II);
803
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000804 insertUse(II, Offset, Length ? Length->getLimitedValue()
805 : AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000806 (bool)Length);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000807 }
808
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000809 void visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000810 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000811 if (Length && Length->getValue() == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000812 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000813 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000814
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000815 // Because we can visit these intrinsics twice, also check to see if the
816 // first time marked this instruction as dead. If so, skip it.
817 if (VisitedDeadInsts.count(&II))
818 return;
819
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000820 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
821 return PI.setAborted(&II);
822
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000823 // This side of the transfer is completely out-of-bounds, and so we can
824 // nuke the entire transfer. However, we also need to nuke the other side
825 // if already added to our partitions.
826 // FIXME: Yet another place we really should bypass this when
827 // instrumenting for ASan.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000828 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000829 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI =
830 MemTransferSliceMap.find(&II);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000831 if (MTPI != MemTransferSliceMap.end())
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000832 AS.Slices[MTPI->second].kill();
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000833 return markAsDead(II);
834 }
835
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000836 uint64_t RawOffset = Offset.getLimitedValue();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000837 uint64_t Size = Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() : AllocSize - RawOffset;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000838
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000839 // Check for the special case where the same exact value is used for both
840 // source and dest.
841 if (*U == II.getRawDest() && *U == II.getRawSource()) {
842 // For non-volatile transfers this is a no-op.
843 if (!II.isVolatile())
844 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000845
Nick Lewycky6ab9d932013-07-22 23:38:27 +0000846 return insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/false);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000847 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000848
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000849 // If we have seen both source and destination for a mem transfer, then
850 // they both point to the same alloca.
851 bool Inserted;
852 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000853 std::tie(MTPI, Inserted) =
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000854 MemTransferSliceMap.insert(std::make_pair(&II, AS.Slices.size()));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000855 unsigned PrevIdx = MTPI->second;
856 if (!Inserted) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000857 Slice &PrevP = AS.Slices[PrevIdx];
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000858
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000859 // Check if the begin offsets match and this is a non-volatile transfer.
860 // In that case, we can completely elide the transfer.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000861 if (!II.isVolatile() && PrevP.beginOffset() == RawOffset) {
862 PrevP.kill();
863 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000864 }
865
866 // Otherwise we have an offset transfer within the same alloca. We can't
867 // split those.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000868 PrevP.makeUnsplittable();
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000869 }
870
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000871 // Insert the use now that we've fixed up the splittable nature.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000872 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/Inserted && Length);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000873
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000874 // Check that we ended up with a valid index in the map.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000875 assert(AS.Slices[PrevIdx].getUse()->getUser() == &II &&
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000876 "Map index doesn't point back to a slice with this user.");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000877 }
878
879 // Disable SRoA for any intrinsics except for lifetime invariants.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +0000880 // FIXME: What about debug intrinsics? This matches old behavior, but
Chandler Carruth4b40e002012-09-14 10:26:36 +0000881 // doesn't make sense.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000882 void visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
883 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
884 return PI.setAborted(&II);
885
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000886 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
887 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end) {
888 ConstantInt *Length = cast<ConstantInt>(II.getArgOperand(0));
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000889 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
890 Length->getLimitedValue());
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000891 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, true);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000892 return;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000893 }
894
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000895 Base::visitIntrinsicInst(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000896 }
897
898 Instruction *hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Instruction *Root, uint64_t &Size) {
899 // We consider any PHI or select that results in a direct load or store of
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000900 // the same offset to be a viable use for slicing purposes. These uses
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000901 // are considered unsplittable and the size is the maximum loaded or stored
902 // size.
903 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited;
904 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses;
905 Visited.insert(Root);
906 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(cast<Instruction>(*U), Root));
Chandler Carruth8b907e82012-09-25 10:03:40 +0000907 // If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as
908 // a size zero access.
909 Size = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000910 do {
911 Instruction *I, *UsedI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000912 std::tie(UsedI, I) = Uses.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000913
914 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000915 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000916 continue;
917 }
918 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
919 Value *Op = SI->getOperand(0);
920 if (Op == UsedI)
921 return SI;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000922 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(Op->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000923 continue;
924 }
925
926 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
927 if (!GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
928 return GEP;
929 } else if (!isa<BitCastInst>(I) && !isa<PHINode>(I) &&
930 !isa<SelectInst>(I)) {
931 return I;
932 }
933
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000934 for (User *U : I->users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000935 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000936 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(I, cast<Instruction>(U)));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000937 } while (!Uses.empty());
938
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000939 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000940 }
941
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000942 void visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
943 assert(isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I));
944 if (I.use_empty())
945 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000946
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000947 // TODO: We could use SimplifyInstruction here to fold PHINodes and
948 // SelectInsts. However, doing so requires to change the current
949 // dead-operand-tracking mechanism. For instance, suppose neither loading
950 // from %U nor %other traps. Then "load (select undef, %U, %other)" does not
951 // trap either. However, if we simply replace %U with undef using the
952 // current dead-operand-tracking mechanism, "load (select undef, undef,
953 // %other)" may trap because the select may return the first operand
954 // "undef".
955 if (Value *Result = foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(I)) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000956 if (Result == *U)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000957 // If the result of the constant fold will be the pointer, recurse
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000958 // through the PHI/select as if we had RAUW'ed it.
959 enqueueUsers(I);
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000960 else
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000961 // Otherwise the operand to the PHI/select is dead, and we can replace
962 // it with undef.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000963 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000964
965 return;
966 }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000967
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000968 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000969 return PI.setAborted(&I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000970
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000971 // See if we already have computed info on this node.
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000972 uint64_t &Size = PHIOrSelectSizes[&I];
973 if (!Size) {
974 // This is a new PHI/Select, check for an unsafe use of it.
975 if (Instruction *UnsafeI = hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(&I, Size))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000976 return PI.setAborted(UnsafeI);
977 }
978
979 // For PHI and select operands outside the alloca, we can't nuke the entire
980 // phi or select -- the other side might still be relevant, so we special
981 // case them here and use a separate structure to track the operands
982 // themselves which should be replaced with undef.
983 // FIXME: This should instead be escaped in the event we're instrumenting
984 // for address sanitization.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000985 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000986 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000987 return;
988 }
989
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000990 insertUse(I, Offset, Size);
991 }
992
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000993 void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(PN); }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000994
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000995 void visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(SI); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000996
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000997 /// \brief Disable SROA entirely if there are unhandled users of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000998 void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { PI.setAborted(&I); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000999};
1000
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001001AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI)
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001002 :
1003#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1004 AI(AI),
1005#endif
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001006 PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001007 SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001008 SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(AI);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001009 if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) {
1010 // FIXME: We should sink the escape vs. abort info into the caller nicely,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001011 // possibly by just storing the PtrInfo in the AllocaSlices.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001012 PointerEscapingInstr = PtrI.getEscapingInst() ? PtrI.getEscapingInst()
1013 : PtrI.getAbortingInst();
1014 assert(PointerEscapingInstr && "Did not track a bad instruction");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001015 return;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001016 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001017
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001018 Slices.erase(std::remove_if(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(),
Chandler Carruth68ea4152014-12-18 05:19:47 +00001019 [](const Slice &S) {
1020 return S.isDead();
1021 }),
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001022 Slices.end());
1023
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +00001024#if __cplusplus >= 201103L && !defined(NDEBUG)
1025 if (SROARandomShuffleSlices) {
1026 std::mt19937 MT(static_cast<unsigned>(sys::TimeValue::now().msec()));
1027 std::shuffle(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(), MT);
1028 }
1029#endif
1030
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00001031 // Sort the uses. This arranges for the offsets to be in ascending order,
1032 // and the sizes to be in descending order.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001033 std::sort(Slices.begin(), Slices.end());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001034}
1035
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001036#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1037
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001038void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1039 StringRef Indent) const {
1040 printSlice(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001041 OS << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001042 printUse(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001043}
1044
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001045void AllocaSlices::printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1046 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001047 OS << Indent << "[" << I->beginOffset() << "," << I->endOffset() << ")"
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001048 << " slice #" << (I - begin())
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001049 << (I->isSplittable() ? " (splittable)" : "");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001050}
1051
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001052void AllocaSlices::printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1053 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001054 OS << Indent << " used by: " << *I->getUse()->getUser() << "\n";
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001055}
1056
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001057void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001058 if (PointerEscapingInstr) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001059 OS << "Can't analyze slices for alloca: " << AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001060 << " A pointer to this alloca escaped by:\n"
1061 << " " << *PointerEscapingInstr << "\n";
1062 return;
1063 }
1064
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001065 OS << "Slices of alloca: " << AI << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001066 for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001067 print(OS, I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001068}
1069
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +00001070LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump(const_iterator I) const {
1071 print(dbgs(), I);
1072}
1073LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001074
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001075#endif // !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1076
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001077namespace {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001078/// \brief Implementation of LoadAndStorePromoter for promoting allocas.
1079///
1080/// This subclass of LoadAndStorePromoter adds overrides to handle promoting
1081/// the loads and stores of an alloca instruction, as well as updating its
1082/// debug information. This is used when a domtree is unavailable and thus
1083/// mem2reg in its full form can't be used to handle promotion of allocas to
1084/// scalar values.
1085class AllocaPromoter : public LoadAndStorePromoter {
1086 AllocaInst &AI;
1087 DIBuilder &DIB;
1088
1089 SmallVector<DbgDeclareInst *, 4> DDIs;
1090 SmallVector<DbgValueInst *, 4> DVIs;
1091
1092public:
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00001093 AllocaPromoter(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Insts, SSAUpdater &S,
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001094 AllocaInst &AI, DIBuilder &DIB)
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00001095 : LoadAndStorePromoter(Insts, S), AI(AI), DIB(DIB) {}
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001096
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001097 void run(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Insts) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00001098 // Retain the debug information attached to the alloca for use when
1099 // rewriting loads and stores.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00001100 if (auto *L = LocalAsMetadata::getIfExists(&AI)) {
1101 if (auto *DebugNode = MetadataAsValue::getIfExists(AI.getContext(), L)) {
1102 for (User *U : DebugNode->users())
1103 if (DbgDeclareInst *DDI = dyn_cast<DbgDeclareInst>(U))
1104 DDIs.push_back(DDI);
1105 else if (DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(U))
1106 DVIs.push_back(DVI);
1107 }
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001108 }
1109
1110 LoadAndStorePromoter::run(Insts);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00001111
1112 // While we have the debug information, clear it off of the alloca. The
1113 // caller takes care of deleting the alloca.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001114 while (!DDIs.empty())
1115 DDIs.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
1116 while (!DVIs.empty())
1117 DVIs.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
1118 }
1119
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001120 bool
1121 isInstInList(Instruction *I,
1122 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Insts) const override {
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001123 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001124 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001125 Ptr = LI->getOperand(0);
1126 else
1127 Ptr = cast<StoreInst>(I)->getPointerOperand();
1128
1129 // Only used to detect cycles, which will be rare and quickly found as
1130 // we're walking up a chain of defs rather than down through uses.
1131 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1132
1133 do {
1134 if (Ptr == &AI)
1135 return true;
1136
1137 if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Ptr))
1138 Ptr = BCI->getOperand(0);
1139 else if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Ptr))
1140 Ptr = GEPI->getPointerOperand();
1141 else
1142 return false;
1143
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001144 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruthc17283b2013-08-11 01:56:15 +00001145
1146 return false;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001147 }
1148
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001149 void updateDebugInfo(Instruction *Inst) const override {
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00001150 for (DbgDeclareInst *DDI : DDIs)
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001151 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
1152 ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DDI, SI, DIB);
1153 else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
1154 ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DDI, LI, DIB);
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00001155 for (DbgValueInst *DVI : DVIs) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001156 Value *Arg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001157 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) {
1158 // If an argument is zero extended then use argument directly. The ZExt
1159 // may be zapped by an optimization pass in future.
1160 if (ZExtInst *ZExt = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(SI->getOperand(0)))
1161 Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(ZExt->getOperand(0));
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001162 else if (SExtInst *SExt = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(SI->getOperand(0)))
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001163 Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(SExt->getOperand(0));
1164 if (!Arg)
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001165 Arg = SI->getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001166 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst)) {
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00001167 Arg = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001168 } else {
1169 continue;
1170 }
1171 Instruction *DbgVal =
Adrian Prantl87b7eb92014-10-01 18:55:02 +00001172 DIB.insertDbgValueIntrinsic(Arg, 0, DIVariable(DVI->getVariable()),
1173 DIExpression(DVI->getExpression()), Inst);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001174 DbgVal->setDebugLoc(DVI->getDebugLoc());
1175 }
1176 }
1177};
1178} // end anon namespace
1179
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001180namespace {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001181/// \brief An optimization pass providing Scalar Replacement of Aggregates.
1182///
1183/// This pass takes allocations which can be completely analyzed (that is, they
1184/// don't escape) and tries to turn them into scalar SSA values. There are
1185/// a few steps to this process.
1186///
1187/// 1) It takes allocations of aggregates and analyzes the ways in which they
1188/// are used to try to split them into smaller allocations, ideally of
1189/// a single scalar data type. It will split up memcpy and memset accesses
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001190/// as necessary and try to isolate individual scalar accesses.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001191/// 2) It will transform accesses into forms which are suitable for SSA value
1192/// promotion. This can be replacing a memset with a scalar store of an
1193/// integer value, or it can involve speculating operations on a PHI or
1194/// select to be a PHI or select of the results.
1195/// 3) Finally, this will try to detect a pattern of accesses which map cleanly
1196/// onto insert and extract operations on a vector value, and convert them to
1197/// this form. By doing so, it will enable promotion of vector aggregates to
1198/// SSA vector values.
1199class SROA : public FunctionPass {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001200 const bool RequiresDomTree;
1201
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001202 LLVMContext *C;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001203 const DataLayout *DL;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001204 DominatorTree *DT;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +00001205 AssumptionTracker *AT;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001206
1207 /// \brief Worklist of alloca instructions to simplify.
1208 ///
1209 /// Each alloca in the function is added to this. Each new alloca formed gets
1210 /// added to it as well to recursively simplify unless that alloca can be
1211 /// directly promoted. Finally, each time we rewrite a use of an alloca other
1212 /// the one being actively rewritten, we add it back onto the list if not
1213 /// already present to ensure it is re-visited.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001214 SetVector<AllocaInst *, SmallVector<AllocaInst *, 16>> Worklist;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001215
1216 /// \brief A collection of instructions to delete.
1217 /// We try to batch deletions to simplify code and make things a bit more
1218 /// efficient.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001219 SetVector<Instruction *, SmallVector<Instruction *, 8>> DeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001220
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00001221 /// \brief Post-promotion worklist.
1222 ///
1223 /// Sometimes we discover an alloca which has a high probability of becoming
1224 /// viable for SROA after a round of promotion takes place. In those cases,
1225 /// the alloca is enqueued here for re-processing.
1226 ///
1227 /// Note that we have to be very careful to clear allocas out of this list in
1228 /// the event they are deleted.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001229 SetVector<AllocaInst *, SmallVector<AllocaInst *, 16>> PostPromotionWorklist;
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00001230
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001231 /// \brief A collection of alloca instructions we can directly promote.
1232 std::vector<AllocaInst *> PromotableAllocas;
1233
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001234 /// \brief A worklist of PHIs to speculate prior to promoting allocas.
1235 ///
1236 /// All of these PHIs have been checked for the safety of speculation and by
1237 /// being speculated will allow promoting allocas currently in the promotable
1238 /// queue.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001239 SetVector<PHINode *, SmallVector<PHINode *, 2>> SpeculatablePHIs;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001240
1241 /// \brief A worklist of select instructions to speculate prior to promoting
1242 /// allocas.
1243 ///
1244 /// All of these select instructions have been checked for the safety of
1245 /// speculation and by being speculated will allow promoting allocas
1246 /// currently in the promotable queue.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001247 SetVector<SelectInst *, SmallVector<SelectInst *, 2>> SpeculatableSelects;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001248
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001249public:
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001250 SROA(bool RequiresDomTree = true)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001251 : FunctionPass(ID), RequiresDomTree(RequiresDomTree), C(nullptr),
1252 DL(nullptr), DT(nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001253 initializeSROAPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
1254 }
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001255 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
1256 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001257
Craig Topper3e4c6972014-03-05 09:10:37 +00001258 const char *getPassName() const override { return "SROA"; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001259 static char ID;
1260
1261private:
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00001262 friend class PHIOrSelectSpeculator;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001263 friend class AllocaSliceRewriter;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001264
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001265 bool presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00001266 bool rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00001267 AllocaSlices::Partition &P);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00001268 bool splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001269 bool runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00001270 void clobberUse(Use &U);
Craig Topper71b7b682014-08-21 05:55:13 +00001271 void deleteDeadInstructions(SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001272 bool promoteAllocas(Function &F);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001273};
1274}
1275
1276char SROA::ID = 0;
1277
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00001278FunctionPass *llvm::createSROAPass(bool RequiresDomTree) {
1279 return new SROA(RequiresDomTree);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001280}
1281
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001282INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SROA, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false,
1283 false)
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +00001284INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionTracker)
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00001285INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001286INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROA, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false,
1287 false)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001288
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001289/// Walk the range of a partitioning looking for a common type to cover this
1290/// sequence of slices.
1291static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B,
1292 AllocaSlices::const_iterator E,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001293 uint64_t EndOffset) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001294 Type *Ty = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001295 bool TyIsCommon = true;
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001296 IntegerType *ITy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001297
1298 // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we
1299 // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001300 for (AllocaSlices::const_iterator I = B; I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001301 Use *U = I->getUse();
1302 if (isa<IntrinsicInst>(*U->getUser()))
1303 continue;
1304 if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset)
1305 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001306
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001307 Type *UserTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001308 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001309 UserTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001310 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001311 UserTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001312 }
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001313
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001314 if (IntegerType *UserITy = dyn_cast_or_null<IntegerType>(UserTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001315 // If the type is larger than the partition, skip it. We only encounter
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001316 // this for split integer operations where we want to use the type of the
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001317 // entity causing the split. Also skip if the type is not a byte width
1318 // multiple.
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001319 if (UserITy->getBitWidth() % 8 != 0 ||
1320 UserITy->getBitWidth() / 8 > (EndOffset - B->beginOffset()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001321 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001322
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001323 // Track the largest bitwidth integer type used in this way in case there
1324 // is no common type.
1325 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() < UserITy->getBitWidth())
1326 ITy = UserITy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001327 }
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith73686d32014-06-17 00:19:35 +00001328
1329 // To avoid depending on the order of slices, Ty and TyIsCommon must not
1330 // depend on types skipped above.
1331 if (!UserTy || (Ty && Ty != UserTy))
1332 TyIsCommon = false; // Give up on anything but an iN type.
1333 else
1334 Ty = UserTy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001335 }
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001336
1337 return TyIsCommon ? Ty : ITy;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001338}
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001339
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001340/// PHI instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1341/// rewritten to load both input pointers in the pred blocks and then PHI the
1342/// results, allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1343/// From this:
1344/// %P2 = phi [i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other]
1345/// %V = load i32* %P2
1346/// to:
1347/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1348/// ...
1349/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1350/// ...
1351/// %V = phi [i32 %V1, i32 %V2]
1352///
1353/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operands
1354/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
1355///
1356/// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in
1357/// Transforms/Util/Local.h
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001358static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN, const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001359 // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block
1360 // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
1361 // TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
1362 // TODO: Allow stores.
1363 BasicBlock *BB = PN.getParent();
1364 unsigned MaxAlign = 0;
1365 bool HaveLoad = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001366 for (User *U : PN.users()) {
1367 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001368 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001369 return false;
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001370
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001371 // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is
1372 // a common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through
1373 // a PHI.
1374 if (LI->getParent() != BB)
1375 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001376
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001377 // Ensure that there are no instructions between the PHI and the load that
1378 // could store.
1379 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &PN; &*BBI != LI; ++BBI)
1380 if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001381 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001382
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001383 MaxAlign = std::max(MaxAlign, LI->getAlignment());
1384 HaveLoad = true;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001385 }
1386
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001387 if (!HaveLoad)
1388 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001389
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001390 // We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the
1391 // predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put
1392 // a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge.
1393 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1394 TerminatorInst *TI = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx)->getTerminator();
1395 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001396
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001397 // If the value is produced by the terminator of the predecessor (an
1398 // invoke) or it has side-effects, there is no valid place to put a load
1399 // in the predecessor.
1400 if (TI == InVal || TI->mayHaveSideEffects())
1401 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001402
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001403 // If the predecessor has a single successor, then the edge isn't
1404 // critical.
1405 if (TI->getNumSuccessors() == 1)
1406 continue;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001407
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001408 // If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there
1409 // is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred
1410 // block.
Hal Finkel2e42c342014-07-10 05:27:53 +00001411 if (InVal->isDereferenceablePointer(DL) ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001412 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, TI, MaxAlign, DL))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001413 continue;
1414
1415 return false;
1416 }
1417
1418 return true;
1419}
1420
1421static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) {
1422 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
1423
1424 Type *LoadTy = cast<PointerType>(PN.getType())->getElementType();
1425 IRBuilderTy PHIBuilder(&PN);
1426 PHINode *NewPN = PHIBuilder.CreatePHI(LoadTy, PN.getNumIncomingValues(),
1427 PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1428
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001429 // Get the AA tags and alignment to use from one of the loads. It doesn't
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001430 // matter which one we get and if any differ.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001431 LoadInst *SomeLoad = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001432
1433 AAMDNodes AATags;
1434 SomeLoad->getAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001435 unsigned Align = SomeLoad->getAlignment();
1436
1437 // Rewrite all loads of the PN to use the new PHI.
1438 while (!PN.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001439 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001440 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPN);
1441 LI->eraseFromParent();
1442 }
1443
1444 // Inject loads into all of the pred blocks.
1445 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1446 BasicBlock *Pred = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx);
1447 TerminatorInst *TI = Pred->getTerminator();
1448 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
1449 IRBuilderTy PredBuilder(TI);
1450
1451 LoadInst *Load = PredBuilder.CreateLoad(
1452 InVal, (PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load." + Pred->getName()));
1453 ++NumLoadsSpeculated;
1454 Load->setAlignment(Align);
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001455 if (AATags)
1456 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001457 NewPN->addIncoming(Load, Pred);
1458 }
1459
1460 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *NewPN << "\n");
1461 PN.eraseFromParent();
1462}
1463
1464/// Select instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1465/// rewritten to load both input pointers and then select between the result,
1466/// allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1467/// From this:
1468/// %P2 = select i1 %cond, i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other
1469/// %V = load i32* %P2
1470/// to:
1471/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1472/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1473/// %V = select i1 %cond, i32 %V1, i32 %V2
1474///
1475/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand
1476/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001477static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI,
1478 const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001479 Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue();
1480 Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue();
Hal Finkel2e42c342014-07-10 05:27:53 +00001481 bool TDerefable = TValue->isDereferenceablePointer(DL);
1482 bool FDerefable = FValue->isDereferenceablePointer(DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001483
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001484 for (User *U : SI.users()) {
1485 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001486 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001487 return false;
1488
1489 // Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either
1490 // absolutely (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other
1491 // accesses to it.
1492 if (!TDerefable &&
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001493 !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI, LI->getAlignment(), DL))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001494 return false;
1495 if (!FDerefable &&
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001496 !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI, LI->getAlignment(), DL))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001497 return false;
1498 }
1499
1500 return true;
1501}
1502
1503static void speculateSelectInstLoads(SelectInst &SI) {
1504 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
1505
1506 IRBuilderTy IRB(&SI);
1507 Value *TV = SI.getTrueValue();
1508 Value *FV = SI.getFalseValue();
1509 // Replace the loads of the select with a select of two loads.
1510 while (!SI.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001511 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001512 assert(LI->isSimple() && "We only speculate simple loads");
1513
1514 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
1515 LoadInst *TL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001516 IRB.CreateLoad(TV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.true");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001517 LoadInst *FL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001518 IRB.CreateLoad(FV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.false");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001519 NumLoadsSpeculated += 2;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001520
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001521 // Transfer alignment and AA info if present.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001522 TL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
1523 FL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001524
1525 AAMDNodes Tags;
1526 LI->getAAMetadata(Tags);
1527 if (Tags) {
1528 TL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
1529 FL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001530 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001531
1532 Value *V = IRB.CreateSelect(SI.getCondition(), TL, FL,
1533 LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1534
1535 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *V << "\n");
1536 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1537 LI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001538 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001539 SI.eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001540}
1541
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001542/// \brief Build a GEP out of a base pointer and indices.
1543///
1544/// This will return the BasePtr if that is valid, or build a new GEP
1545/// instruction using the IRBuilder if GEP-ing is needed.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001546static Value *buildGEP(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *BasePtr,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001547 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001548 if (Indices.empty())
1549 return BasePtr;
1550
1551 // A single zero index is a no-op, so check for this and avoid building a GEP
1552 // in that case.
1553 if (Indices.size() == 1 && cast<ConstantInt>(Indices.back())->isZero())
1554 return BasePtr;
1555
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001556 return IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix + "sroa_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001557}
1558
1559/// \brief Get a natural GEP off of the BasePtr walking through Ty toward
1560/// TargetTy without changing the offset of the pointer.
1561///
1562/// This routine assumes we've already established a properly offset GEP with
1563/// Indices, and arrived at the Ty type. The goal is to continue to GEP with
1564/// zero-indices down through type layers until we find one the same as
1565/// TargetTy. If we can't find one with the same type, we at least try to use
1566/// one with the same size. If none of that works, we just produce the GEP as
1567/// indicated by Indices to have the correct offset.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001568static Value *getNaturalGEPWithType(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001569 Value *BasePtr, Type *Ty, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001570 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1571 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001572 if (Ty == TargetTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001573 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001574
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001575 // Pointer size to use for the indices.
1576 unsigned PtrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(BasePtr->getType());
1577
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001578 // See if we can descend into a struct and locate a field with the correct
1579 // type.
1580 unsigned NumLayers = 0;
1581 Type *ElementTy = Ty;
1582 do {
1583 if (ElementTy->isPointerTy())
1584 break;
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001585
1586 if (ArrayType *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(ElementTy)) {
1587 ElementTy = ArrayTy->getElementType();
1588 Indices.push_back(IRB.getIntN(PtrSize, 0));
1589 } else if (VectorType *VectorTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(ElementTy)) {
1590 ElementTy = VectorTy->getElementType();
1591 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001592 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElementTy)) {
Chandler Carruth503eb2b2012-10-09 01:58:35 +00001593 if (STy->element_begin() == STy->element_end())
1594 break; // Nothing left to descend into.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001595 ElementTy = *STy->element_begin();
1596 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
1597 } else {
1598 break;
1599 }
1600 ++NumLayers;
1601 } while (ElementTy != TargetTy);
1602 if (ElementTy != TargetTy)
1603 Indices.erase(Indices.end() - NumLayers, Indices.end());
1604
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001605 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001606}
1607
1608/// \brief Recursively compute indices for a natural GEP.
1609///
1610/// This is the recursive step for getNaturalGEPWithOffset that walks down the
1611/// element types adding appropriate indices for the GEP.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001612static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001613 Value *Ptr, Type *Ty, APInt &Offset,
1614 Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001615 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1616 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001617 if (Offset == 0)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001618 return getNaturalGEPWithType(IRB, DL, Ptr, Ty, TargetTy, Indices,
1619 NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001620
1621 // We can't recurse through pointer types.
1622 if (Ty->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001623 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001624
Chandler Carruthdd3cea82012-09-14 10:30:40 +00001625 // We try to analyze GEPs over vectors here, but note that these GEPs are
1626 // extremely poorly defined currently. The long-term goal is to remove GEPing
1627 // over a vector from the IR completely.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001628 if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001629 unsigned ElementSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VecTy->getScalarType());
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001630 if (ElementSizeInBits % 8 != 0) {
1631 // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid.
1632 return nullptr;
1633 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001634 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), ElementSizeInBits / 8);
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001635 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001636 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(VecTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001637 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001638 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1639 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001640 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, VecTy->getElementType(),
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001641 Offset, TargetTy, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001642 }
1643
1644 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
1645 Type *ElementTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001646 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001647 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001648 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(ArrTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001649 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001650
1651 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1652 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001653 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001654 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001655 }
1656
1657 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
1658 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001659 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001660
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001661 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001662 uint64_t StructOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
Chandler Carruthcabd96c2012-09-14 10:30:42 +00001663 if (StructOffset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001664 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001665 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(StructOffset);
1666 Offset -= APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Index));
1667 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001668 if (Offset.uge(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001669 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001670
1671 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Index));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001672 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001673 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001674}
1675
1676/// \brief Get a natural GEP from a base pointer to a particular offset and
1677/// resulting in a particular type.
1678///
1679/// The goal is to produce a "natural" looking GEP that works with the existing
1680/// composite types to arrive at the appropriate offset and element type for
1681/// a pointer. TargetTy is the element type the returned GEP should point-to if
1682/// possible. We recurse by decreasing Offset, adding the appropriate index to
1683/// Indices, and setting Ty to the result subtype.
1684///
Chandler Carruth93a21e72012-09-14 10:18:49 +00001685/// If no natural GEP can be constructed, this function returns null.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001686static Value *getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001687 Value *Ptr, APInt Offset, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001688 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1689 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001690 PointerType *Ty = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType());
1691
1692 // Don't consider any GEPs through an i8* as natural unless the TargetTy is
1693 // an i8.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001694 if (Ty == IRB.getInt8PtrTy(Ty->getAddressSpace()) && TargetTy->isIntegerTy(8))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001695 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001696
1697 Type *ElementTy = Ty->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth3f882d42012-09-18 22:37:19 +00001698 if (!ElementTy->isSized())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001699 return nullptr; // We can't GEP through an unsized element.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001700 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001701 if (ElementSize == 0)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001702 return nullptr; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP.
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001703 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001704
1705 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1706 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001707 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001708 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001709}
1710
1711/// \brief Compute an adjusted pointer from Ptr by Offset bytes where the
1712/// resulting pointer has PointerTy.
1713///
1714/// This tries very hard to compute a "natural" GEP which arrives at the offset
1715/// and produces the pointer type desired. Where it cannot, it will try to use
1716/// the natural GEP to arrive at the offset and bitcast to the type. Where that
1717/// fails, it will try to use an existing i8* and GEP to the byte offset and
1718/// bitcast to the type.
1719///
1720/// The strategy for finding the more natural GEPs is to peel off layers of the
1721/// pointer, walking back through bit casts and GEPs, searching for a base
1722/// pointer from which we can compute a natural GEP with the desired
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001723/// properties. The algorithm tries to fold as many constant indices into
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001724/// a single GEP as possible, thus making each GEP more independent of the
1725/// surrounding code.
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001726static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr,
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001727 APInt Offset, Type *PointerTy, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001728 // Even though we don't look through PHI nodes, we could be called on an
1729 // instruction in an unreachable block, which may be on a cycle.
1730 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1731 Visited.insert(Ptr);
1732 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Indices;
1733
1734 // We may end up computing an offset pointer that has the wrong type. If we
1735 // never are able to compute one directly that has the correct type, we'll
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001736 // fall back to it, so keep it and the base it was computed from around here.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001737 Value *OffsetPtr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001738 Value *OffsetBasePtr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001739
1740 // Remember any i8 pointer we come across to re-use if we need to do a raw
1741 // byte offset.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001742 Value *Int8Ptr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001743 APInt Int8PtrOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
1744
1745 Type *TargetTy = PointerTy->getPointerElementType();
1746
1747 do {
1748 // First fold any existing GEPs into the offset.
1749 while (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
1750 APInt GEPOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001751 if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset))
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001752 break;
1753 Offset += GEPOffset;
1754 Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001755 if (!Visited.insert(Ptr).second)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001756 break;
1757 }
1758
1759 // See if we can perform a natural GEP here.
1760 Indices.clear();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001761 if (Value *P = getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRB, DL, Ptr, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001762 Indices, NamePrefix)) {
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001763 // If we have a new natural pointer at the offset, clear out any old
1764 // offset pointer we computed. Unless it is the base pointer or
1765 // a non-instruction, we built a GEP we don't need. Zap it.
1766 if (OffsetPtr && OffsetPtr != OffsetBasePtr)
1767 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OffsetPtr)) {
1768 assert(I->use_empty() && "Built a GEP with uses some how!");
1769 I->eraseFromParent();
1770 }
1771 OffsetPtr = P;
1772 OffsetBasePtr = Ptr;
1773 // If we also found a pointer of the right type, we're done.
1774 if (P->getType() == PointerTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001775 return P;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001776 }
1777
1778 // Stash this pointer if we've found an i8*.
1779 if (Ptr->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
1780 Int8Ptr = Ptr;
1781 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1782 }
1783
1784 // Peel off a layer of the pointer and update the offset appropriately.
1785 if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast) {
1786 Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0);
1787 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) {
1788 if (GA->mayBeOverridden())
1789 break;
1790 Ptr = GA->getAliasee();
1791 } else {
1792 break;
1793 }
1794 assert(Ptr->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!");
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001795 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001796
1797 if (!OffsetPtr) {
1798 if (!Int8Ptr) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001799 Int8Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(
1800 Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy(PointerTy->getPointerAddressSpace()),
1801 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001802 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1803 }
1804
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001805 OffsetPtr = Int8PtrOffset == 0
1806 ? Int8Ptr
1807 : IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(Int8Ptr, IRB.getInt(Int8PtrOffset),
1808 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001809 }
1810 Ptr = OffsetPtr;
1811
1812 // On the off chance we were targeting i8*, guard the bitcast here.
1813 if (Ptr->getType() != PointerTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001814 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, PointerTy, NamePrefix + "sroa_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001815
1816 return Ptr;
1817}
1818
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001819/// \brief Compute the adjusted alignment for a load or store from an offset.
1820static unsigned getAdjustedAlignment(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
1821 const DataLayout &DL) {
1822 unsigned Alignment;
1823 Type *Ty;
1824 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
1825 Alignment = LI->getAlignment();
1826 Ty = LI->getType();
1827 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
1828 Alignment = SI->getAlignment();
1829 Ty = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1830 } else {
1831 llvm_unreachable("Only loads and stores are allowed!");
1832 }
1833
1834 if (!Alignment)
1835 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
1836
1837 return MinAlign(Alignment, Offset);
1838}
1839
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001840/// \brief Test whether we can convert a value from the old to the new type.
1841///
1842/// This predicate should be used to guard calls to convertValue in order to
1843/// ensure that we only try to convert viable values. The strategy is that we
1844/// will peel off single element struct and array wrappings to get to an
1845/// underlying value, and convert that value.
1846static bool canConvertValue(const DataLayout &DL, Type *OldTy, Type *NewTy) {
1847 if (OldTy == NewTy)
1848 return true;
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00001849 if (IntegerType *OldITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(OldTy))
1850 if (IntegerType *NewITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewTy))
1851 if (NewITy->getBitWidth() >= OldITy->getBitWidth())
1852 return true;
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001853 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewTy) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(OldTy))
1854 return false;
1855 if (!NewTy->isSingleValueType() || !OldTy->isSingleValueType())
1856 return false;
1857
Benjamin Kramer56262592013-09-22 11:24:58 +00001858 // We can convert pointers to integers and vice-versa. Same for vectors
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001859 // of pointers and integers.
1860 OldTy = OldTy->getScalarType();
1861 NewTy = NewTy->getScalarType();
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001862 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() || OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
1863 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() && OldTy->isPointerTy())
1864 return true;
1865 if (NewTy->isIntegerTy() || OldTy->isIntegerTy())
1866 return true;
1867 return false;
1868 }
1869
1870 return true;
1871}
1872
1873/// \brief Generic routine to convert an SSA value to a value of a different
1874/// type.
1875///
1876/// This will try various different casting techniques, such as bitcasts,
1877/// inttoptr, and ptrtoint casts. Use the \c canConvertValue predicate to test
1878/// two types for viability with this routine.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001879static Value *convertValue(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001880 Type *NewTy) {
1881 Type *OldTy = V->getType();
1882 assert(canConvertValue(DL, OldTy, NewTy) && "Value not convertable to type");
1883
1884 if (OldTy == NewTy)
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001885 return V;
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001886
1887 if (IntegerType *OldITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(OldTy))
1888 if (IntegerType *NewITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewTy))
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00001889 if (NewITy->getBitWidth() > OldITy->getBitWidth())
1890 return IRB.CreateZExt(V, NewITy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001891
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001892 // See if we need inttoptr for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1893 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1894 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1895 NewTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) {
1896 // Expand <2 x i32> to i8* --> <2 x i32> to i64 to i8*
1897 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1898 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1899 NewTy);
1900
1901 // Expand i128 to <2 x i8*> --> i128 to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*>
1902 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1903 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1904 NewTy);
1905
1906 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V, NewTy);
1907 }
1908
1909 // See if we need ptrtoint for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1910 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1911 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() &&
1912 NewTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy()) {
1913 // Expand <2 x i8*> to i128 --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to i128
1914 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1915 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1916 NewTy);
1917
1918 // Expand i8* to <2 x i32> --> i8* to i64 to <2 x i32>
1919 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1920 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1921 NewTy);
1922
1923 return IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, NewTy);
1924 }
1925
1926 return IRB.CreateBitCast(V, NewTy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001927}
1928
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001929/// \brief Test whether the given slice use can be promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001930///
1931/// This function is called to test each entry in a partioning which is slated
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001932/// for a single slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001933static bool isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(AllocaSlices::Partition &P,
1934 const Slice &S, VectorType *Ty,
1935 uint64_t ElementSize,
1936 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001937 // First validate the slice offsets.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001938 uint64_t BeginOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001939 std::max(S.beginOffset(), P.beginOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001940 uint64_t BeginIndex = BeginOffset / ElementSize;
1941 if (BeginIndex * ElementSize != BeginOffset ||
1942 BeginIndex >= Ty->getNumElements())
1943 return false;
1944 uint64_t EndOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001945 std::min(S.endOffset(), P.endOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001946 uint64_t EndIndex = EndOffset / ElementSize;
1947 if (EndIndex * ElementSize != EndOffset || EndIndex > Ty->getNumElements())
1948 return false;
1949
1950 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
1951 uint64_t NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001952 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
1953 ? Ty->getElementType()
1954 : VectorType::get(Ty->getElementType(), NumElements);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001955
1956 Type *SplitIntTy =
1957 Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), NumElements * ElementSize * 8);
1958
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001959 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001960
1961 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1962 if (MI->isVolatile())
1963 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001964 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001965 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
Owen Anderson6c19ab12014-08-07 21:07:35 +00001966 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1967 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1968 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1969 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001970 } else if (U->get()->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isStructTy()) {
1971 // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA.
1972 return false;
1973 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1974 if (LI->isVolatile())
1975 return false;
1976 Type *LTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001977 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001978 assert(LTy->isIntegerTy());
1979 LTy = SplitIntTy;
1980 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001981 if (!canConvertValue(DL, SliceTy, LTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001982 return false;
1983 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1984 if (SI->isVolatile())
1985 return false;
1986 Type *STy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001987 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001988 assert(STy->isIntegerTy());
1989 STy = SplitIntTy;
1990 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001991 if (!canConvertValue(DL, STy, SliceTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001992 return false;
Chandler Carruth1ed848d2013-07-19 10:57:32 +00001993 } else {
1994 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001995 }
1996
1997 return true;
1998}
1999
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002000/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partitioning and range of slices can be
2001/// promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002002///
2003/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite a particular alloca
2004/// partition (and its newly formed alloca) into a vector alloca with only
2005/// whole-vector loads and stores such that it could be promoted to a vector
2006/// SSA value. We only can ensure this for a limited set of operations, and we
2007/// don't want to do the rewrites unless we are confident that the result will
2008/// be promotable, so we have an early test here.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002009static VectorType *isVectorPromotionViable(AllocaSlices::Partition &P,
2010 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002011 // Collect the candidate types for vector-based promotion. Also track whether
2012 // we have different element types.
2013 SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTys;
2014 Type *CommonEltTy = nullptr;
2015 bool HaveCommonEltTy = true;
2016 auto CheckCandidateType = [&](Type *Ty) {
2017 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
2018 CandidateTys.push_back(VTy);
2019 if (!CommonEltTy)
2020 CommonEltTy = VTy->getElementType();
2021 else if (CommonEltTy != VTy->getElementType())
2022 HaveCommonEltTy = false;
2023 }
2024 };
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002025 // Consider any loads or stores that are the exact size of the slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002026 for (const Slice &S : P)
2027 if (S.beginOffset() == P.beginOffset() &&
2028 S.endOffset() == P.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002029 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
2030 CheckCandidateType(LI->getType());
2031 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
2032 CheckCandidateType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType());
2033 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002034
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002035 // If we didn't find a vector type, nothing to do here.
2036 if (CandidateTys.empty())
2037 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002038
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002039 // Remove non-integer vector types if we had multiple common element types.
2040 // FIXME: It'd be nice to replace them with integer vector types, but we can't
2041 // do that until all the backends are known to produce good code for all
2042 // integer vector types.
2043 if (!HaveCommonEltTy) {
2044 CandidateTys.erase(std::remove_if(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(),
2045 [](VectorType *VTy) {
2046 return !VTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy();
2047 }),
2048 CandidateTys.end());
2049
2050 // If there were no integer vector types, give up.
2051 if (CandidateTys.empty())
2052 return nullptr;
2053
2054 // Rank the remaining candidate vector types. This is easy because we know
2055 // they're all integer vectors. We sort by ascending number of elements.
2056 auto RankVectorTypes = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) {
2057 assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy) == DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy) &&
2058 "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!");
2059 assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2060 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
2061 assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2062 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
2063 return RHSTy->getNumElements() < LHSTy->getNumElements();
2064 };
2065 std::sort(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes);
2066 CandidateTys.erase(
2067 std::unique(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes),
2068 CandidateTys.end());
2069 } else {
2070// The only way to have the same element type in every vector type is to
2071// have the same vector type. Check that and remove all but one.
2072#ifndef NDEBUG
2073 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) {
2074 assert(VTy->getElementType() == CommonEltTy &&
2075 "Unaccounted for element type!");
2076 assert(VTy == CandidateTys[0] &&
2077 "Different vector types with the same element type!");
2078 }
2079#endif
2080 CandidateTys.resize(1);
2081 }
2082
2083 // Try each vector type, and return the one which works.
2084 auto CheckVectorTypeForPromotion = [&](VectorType *VTy) {
2085 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy->getElementType());
2086
2087 // While the definition of LLVM vectors is bitpacked, we don't support sizes
2088 // that aren't byte sized.
2089 if (ElementSize % 8)
2090 return false;
2091 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy) % 8) == 0 &&
2092 "vector size not a multiple of element size?");
2093 ElementSize /= 8;
2094
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002095 for (const Slice &S : P)
2096 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002097 return false;
2098
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002099 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002100 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, *S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002101 return false;
2102
2103 return true;
2104 };
2105 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys)
2106 if (CheckVectorTypeForPromotion(VTy))
2107 return VTy;
2108
2109 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002110}
2111
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002112/// \brief Test whether a slice of an alloca is valid for integer widening.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002113///
2114/// This implements the necessary checking for the \c isIntegerWideningViable
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002115/// test below on a single slice of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002116static bool isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(const Slice &S,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002117 uint64_t AllocBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002118 Type *AllocaTy,
2119 const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002120 bool &WholeAllocaOp) {
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002121 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy);
2122
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002123 uint64_t RelBegin = S.beginOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
2124 uint64_t RelEnd = S.endOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002125
2126 // We can't reasonably handle cases where the load or store extends past
2127 // the end of the aloca's type and into its padding.
2128 if (RelEnd > Size)
2129 return false;
2130
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002131 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002132
2133 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
2134 if (LI->isVolatile())
2135 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002136 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
2137 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
2138 // vector widening instead.
2139 if (!isa<VectorType>(LI->getType()) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002140 WholeAllocaOp = true;
2141 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002142 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00002143 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002144 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002145 !canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002146 // Non-integer loads need to be convertible from the alloca type so that
2147 // they are promotable.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002148 return false;
2149 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002150 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
2151 Type *ValueTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
2152 if (SI->isVolatile())
2153 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002154 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
2155 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
2156 // vector widening instead.
2157 if (!isa<VectorType>(ValueTy) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002158 WholeAllocaOp = true;
2159 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(ValueTy)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002160 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002161 return false;
2162 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002163 !canConvertValue(DL, ValueTy, AllocaTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002164 // Non-integer stores need to be convertible to the alloca type so that
2165 // they are promotable.
2166 return false;
2167 }
2168 } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
2169 if (MI->isVolatile() || !isa<Constant>(MI->getLength()))
2170 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002171 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002172 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
2173 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
2174 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
2175 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
2176 return false;
2177 } else {
2178 return false;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002179 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002180
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002181 return true;
2182}
2183
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002184/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partition's integer operations can be
2185/// widened to promotable ones.
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002186///
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002187/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite the integer loads and
2188/// stores to a particular alloca into wider loads and stores and be able to
2189/// promote the resulting alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002190static bool isIntegerWideningViable(AllocaSlices::Partition &P, Type *AllocaTy,
2191 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002192 uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AllocaTy);
Benjamin Kramer47534c72012-12-01 11:53:32 +00002193 // Don't create integer types larger than the maximum bitwidth.
2194 if (SizeInBits > IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS)
2195 return false;
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002196
2197 // Don't try to handle allocas with bit-padding.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002198 if (SizeInBits != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002199 return false;
2200
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002201 // We need to ensure that an integer type with the appropriate bitwidth can
2202 // be converted to the alloca type, whatever that is. We don't want to force
2203 // the alloca itself to have an integer type if there is a more suitable one.
2204 Type *IntTy = Type::getIntNTy(AllocaTy->getContext(), SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002205 if (!canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, IntTy) ||
2206 !canConvertValue(DL, IntTy, AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002207 return false;
2208
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002209 // While examining uses, we ensure that the alloca has a covering load or
2210 // store. We don't want to widen the integer operations only to fail to
2211 // promote due to some other unsplittable entry (which we may make splittable
Chandler Carruth5955c9e2013-07-19 07:12:23 +00002212 // later). However, if there are only splittable uses, go ahead and assume
2213 // that we cover the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002214 // FIXME: We shouldn't consider split slices that happen to start in the
2215 // partition here...
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002216 bool WholeAllocaOp =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002217 P.begin() != P.end() ? false : DL.isLegalInteger(SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002218
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002219 for (const Slice &S : P)
2220 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2221 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002222 return false;
2223
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002224 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002225 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(*S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2226 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002227 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002228
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002229 return WholeAllocaOp;
2230}
2231
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002232static Value *extractInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002233 IntegerType *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
2234 const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002235 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002236 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2237 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2238 "Element extends past full value");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002239 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002240 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002241 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002242 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002243 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002244 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2245 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002246 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2247 "Cannot extract to a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002248 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002249 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, Ty, Name + ".trunc");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002250 DEBUG(dbgs() << " trunced: " << *V << "\n");
2251 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002252 return V;
2253}
2254
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002255static Value *insertInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002256 Value *V, uint64_t Offset, const Twine &Name) {
2257 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Old->getType());
2258 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2259 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2260 "Cannot insert a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002261 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
2262 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002263 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, IntTy, Name + ".ext");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002264 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extended: " << *V << "\n");
2265 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002266 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2267 "Element store outside of alloca store");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002268 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002269 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002270 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002271 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002272 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002273 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2274 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002275
2276 if (ShAmt || Ty->getBitWidth() < IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
2277 APInt Mask = ~Ty->getMask().zext(IntTy->getBitWidth()).shl(ShAmt);
2278 Old = IRB.CreateAnd(Old, Mask, Name + ".mask");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002279 DEBUG(dbgs() << " masked: " << *Old << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002280 V = IRB.CreateOr(Old, V, Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002281 DEBUG(dbgs() << " inserted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002282 }
2283 return V;
2284}
2285
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002286static Value *extractVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, unsigned BeginIndex,
2287 unsigned EndIndex, const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002288 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2289 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2290 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2291
2292 if (NumElements == VecTy->getNumElements())
2293 return V;
2294
2295 if (NumElements == 1) {
2296 V = IRB.CreateExtractElement(V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2297 Name + ".extract");
2298 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extract: " << *V << "\n");
2299 return V;
2300 }
2301
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002302 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002303 Mask.reserve(NumElements);
2304 for (unsigned i = BeginIndex; i != EndIndex; ++i)
2305 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i));
2306 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002307 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".extract");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002308 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
2309 return V;
2310}
2311
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002312static Value *insertVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, Value *V,
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002313 unsigned BeginIndex, const Twine &Name) {
2314 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(Old->getType());
2315 assert(VecTy && "Can only insert a vector into a vector");
2316
2317 VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2318 if (!Ty) {
2319 // Single element to insert.
2320 V = IRB.CreateInsertElement(Old, V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2321 Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002322 DEBUG(dbgs() << " insert: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002323 return V;
2324 }
2325
2326 assert(Ty->getNumElements() <= VecTy->getNumElements() &&
2327 "Too many elements!");
2328 if (Ty->getNumElements() == VecTy->getNumElements()) {
2329 assert(V->getType() == VecTy && "Vector type mismatch");
2330 return V;
2331 }
2332 unsigned EndIndex = BeginIndex + Ty->getNumElements();
2333
2334 // When inserting a smaller vector into the larger to store, we first
2335 // use a shuffle vector to widen it with undef elements, and then
2336 // a second shuffle vector to select between the loaded vector and the
2337 // incoming vector.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002338 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002339 Mask.reserve(VecTy->getNumElements());
2340 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
2341 if (i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex)
2342 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i - BeginIndex));
2343 else
2344 Mask.push_back(UndefValue::get(IRB.getInt32Ty()));
2345 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002346 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".expand");
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002347 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002348
2349 Mask.clear();
2350 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002351 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt1(i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex));
2352
2353 V = IRB.CreateSelect(ConstantVector::get(Mask), V, Old, Name + "blend");
2354
2355 DEBUG(dbgs() << " blend: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002356 return V;
2357}
2358
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002359namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002360/// \brief Visitor to rewrite instructions using p particular slice of an alloca
2361/// to use a new alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002362///
2363/// Also implements the rewriting to vector-based accesses when the partition
2364/// passes the isVectorPromotionViable predicate. Most of the rewriting logic
2365/// lives here.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002366class AllocaSliceRewriter : public InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002367 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002368 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>;
2369 typedef llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> Base;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002370
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002371 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002372 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002373 SROA &Pass;
2374 AllocaInst &OldAI, &NewAI;
2375 const uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002376 Type *NewAllocaTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002377
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002378 // This is a convenience and flag variable that will be null unless the new
2379 // alloca's integer operations should be widened to this integer type due to
2380 // passing isIntegerWideningViable above. If it is non-null, the desired
2381 // integer type will be stored here for easy access during rewriting.
2382 IntegerType *IntTy;
2383
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002384 // If we are rewriting an alloca partition which can be written as pure
2385 // vector operations, we stash extra information here. When VecTy is
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002386 // non-null, we have some strict guarantees about the rewritten alloca:
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002387 // - The new alloca is exactly the size of the vector type here.
2388 // - The accesses all either map to the entire vector or to a single
2389 // element.
2390 // - The set of accessing instructions is only one of those handled above
2391 // in isVectorPromotionViable. Generally these are the same access kinds
2392 // which are promotable via mem2reg.
2393 VectorType *VecTy;
2394 Type *ElementTy;
2395 uint64_t ElementSize;
2396
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002397 // The original offset of the slice currently being rewritten relative to
2398 // the original alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002399 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002400 // The new offsets of the slice currently being rewritten relative to the
2401 // original alloca.
2402 uint64_t NewBeginOffset, NewEndOffset;
2403
2404 uint64_t SliceSize;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002405 bool IsSplittable;
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002406 bool IsSplit;
Chandler Carruth54e8f0b2012-10-01 01:49:22 +00002407 Use *OldUse;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002408 Instruction *OldPtr;
2409
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002410 // Track post-rewrite users which are PHI nodes and Selects.
2411 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers;
2412 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002413
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002414 // Utility IR builder, whose name prefix is setup for each visited use, and
2415 // the insertion point is set to point to the user.
2416 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002417
2418public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002419 AllocaSliceRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaSlices &AS, SROA &Pass,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002420 AllocaInst &OldAI, AllocaInst &NewAI,
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002421 uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002422 uint64_t NewAllocaEndOffset, bool IsIntegerPromotable,
2423 VectorType *PromotableVecTy,
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002424 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers,
2425 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002426 : DL(DL), AS(AS), Pass(Pass), OldAI(OldAI), NewAI(NewAI),
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002427 NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset),
2428 NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002429 NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002430 IntTy(IsIntegerPromotable
2431 ? Type::getIntNTy(
2432 NewAI.getContext(),
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002433 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI.getAllocatedType()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002434 : nullptr),
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002435 VecTy(PromotableVecTy),
2436 ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr),
2437 ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8 : 0),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002438 BeginOffset(), EndOffset(), IsSplittable(), IsSplit(), OldUse(),
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002439 OldPtr(), PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers),
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002440 IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002441 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002442 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) % 8) == 0 &&
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002443 "Only multiple-of-8 sized vector elements are viable");
2444 ++NumVectorized;
2445 }
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002446 assert((!IntTy && !VecTy) || (IntTy && !VecTy) || (!IntTy && VecTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002447 }
2448
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002449 bool visit(AllocaSlices::const_iterator I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002450 bool CanSROA = true;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002451 BeginOffset = I->beginOffset();
2452 EndOffset = I->endOffset();
2453 IsSplittable = I->isSplittable();
2454 IsSplit =
2455 BeginOffset < NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset > NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002456 DEBUG(dbgs() << " rewriting " << (IsSplit ? "split " : ""));
2457 DEBUG(AS.printSlice(dbgs(), I, ""));
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00002458 DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002459
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002460 // Compute the intersecting offset range.
2461 assert(BeginOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset);
2462 assert(EndOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2463 NewBeginOffset = std::max(BeginOffset, NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2464 NewEndOffset = std::min(EndOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset);
2465
2466 SliceSize = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2467
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002468 OldUse = I->getUse();
2469 OldPtr = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->get());
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002470
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002471 Instruction *OldUserI = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser());
2472 IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldUserI);
2473 IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldUserI->getDebugLoc());
2474 IRB.SetNamePrefix(Twine(NewAI.getName()) + "." + Twine(BeginOffset) + ".");
2475
2476 CanSROA &= visit(cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser()));
2477 if (VecTy || IntTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002478 assert(CanSROA);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002479 return CanSROA;
2480 }
2481
2482private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002483 // Make sure the other visit overloads are visible.
2484 using Base::visit;
2485
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002486 // Every instruction which can end up as a user must have a rewrite rule.
2487 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) {
2488 DEBUG(dbgs() << " !!!! Cannot rewrite: " << I << "\n");
2489 llvm_unreachable("No rewrite rule for this instruction!");
2490 }
2491
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002492 Value *getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Type *PointerTy) {
2493 // Note that the offset computation can use BeginOffset or NewBeginOffset
2494 // interchangeably for unsplit slices.
2495 assert(IsSplit || BeginOffset == NewBeginOffset);
2496 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2497
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002498#ifndef NDEBUG
2499 StringRef OldName = OldPtr->getName();
2500 // Skip through the last '.sroa.' component of the name.
2501 size_t LastSROAPrefix = OldName.rfind(".sroa.");
2502 if (LastSROAPrefix != StringRef::npos) {
2503 OldName = OldName.substr(LastSROAPrefix + strlen(".sroa."));
2504 // Look for an SROA slice index.
2505 size_t IndexEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2506 if (IndexEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[IndexEnd] == '.') {
2507 // Strip the index and look for the offset.
2508 OldName = OldName.substr(IndexEnd + 1);
2509 size_t OffsetEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2510 if (OffsetEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[OffsetEnd] == '.')
2511 // Strip the offset.
2512 OldName = OldName.substr(OffsetEnd + 1);
2513 }
2514 }
2515 // Strip any SROA suffixes as well.
2516 OldName = OldName.substr(0, OldName.find(".sroa_"));
2517#endif
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002518
2519 return getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, &NewAI,
2520 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), Offset), PointerTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002521#ifndef NDEBUG
2522 Twine(OldName) + "."
2523#else
2524 Twine()
2525#endif
2526 );
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002527 }
2528
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002529 /// \brief Compute suitable alignment to access this slice of the *new*
2530 /// alloca.
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002531 ///
2532 /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI
2533 /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002534 unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002535 unsigned NewAIAlign = NewAI.getAlignment();
2536 if (!NewAIAlign)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002537 NewAIAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(NewAI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002538 unsigned Align =
2539 MinAlign(NewAIAlign, NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002540 return (Ty && Align == DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty)) ? 0 : Align;
Chandler Carruth4b2b38d2012-10-03 08:14:02 +00002541 }
2542
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002543 unsigned getIndex(uint64_t Offset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002544 assert(VecTy && "Can only call getIndex when rewriting a vector");
2545 uint64_t RelOffset = Offset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2546 assert(RelOffset / ElementSize < UINT32_MAX && "Index out of bounds");
2547 uint32_t Index = RelOffset / ElementSize;
2548 assert(Index * ElementSize == RelOffset);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002549 return Index;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002550 }
2551
2552 void deleteIfTriviallyDead(Value *V) {
2553 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
2554 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002555 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002556 }
2557
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002558 Value *rewriteVectorizedLoadInst() {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002559 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2560 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002561 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002562
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002563 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002564 return extractVector(IRB, V, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002565 }
2566
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002567 Value *rewriteIntegerLoad(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002568 assert(IntTy && "We cannot insert an integer to the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002569 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002570 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002571 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002572 assert(NewBeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2573 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2574 if (Offset > 0 || NewEndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002575 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType()), Offset,
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002576 "extract");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002577 return V;
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002578 }
2579
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002580 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
2581 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
2582 Value *OldOp = LI.getOperand(0);
2583 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002584
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002585 Type *TargetTy = IsSplit ? Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8)
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002586 : LI.getType();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002587 bool IsPtrAdjusted = false;
2588 Value *V;
2589 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002590 V = rewriteVectorizedLoadInst();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002591 } else if (IntTy && LI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002592 V = rewriteIntegerLoad(LI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002593 } else if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002594 canConvertValue(DL, NewAllocaTy, LI.getType())) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002595 V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), LI.isVolatile(),
2596 LI.getName());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002597 } else {
2598 Type *LTy = TargetTy->getPointerTo();
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002599 V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, LTy),
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002600 getSliceAlign(TargetTy), LI.isVolatile(),
2601 LI.getName());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002602 IsPtrAdjusted = true;
2603 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002604 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, TargetTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002605
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002606 if (IsSplit) {
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002607 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
2608 assert(LI.getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2609 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002610 assert(SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002611 "Split load isn't smaller than original load");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002612 assert(LI.getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002613 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002614 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002615 // Move the insertion point just past the load so that we can refer to it.
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00002616 IRB.SetInsertPoint(std::next(BasicBlock::iterator(&LI)));
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002617 // Create a placeholder value with the same type as LI to use as the
2618 // basis for the new value. This allows us to replace the uses of LI with
2619 // the computed value, and then replace the placeholder with LI, leaving
2620 // LI only used for this computation.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002621 Value *Placeholder =
2622 new LoadInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()->getPointerTo()));
2623 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Placeholder, V, NewBeginOffset, "insert");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002624 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2625 Placeholder->replaceAllUsesWith(&LI);
Jakub Staszak4e45abf2012-11-01 01:10:43 +00002626 delete Placeholder;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002627 } else {
2628 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002629 }
2630
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002631 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&LI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002632 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002633 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *V << "\n");
2634 return !LI.isVolatile() && !IsPtrAdjusted;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002635 }
2636
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002637 bool rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, Value *OldOp) {
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002638 if (V->getType() != VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002639 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2640 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002641 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2642 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2643 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002644 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
2645 ? ElementTy
2646 : VectorType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002647 if (V->getType() != SliceTy)
2648 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, SliceTy);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002649
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002650 // Mix in the existing elements.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002651 Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002652 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V, BeginIndex, "vec");
2653 }
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002654 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002655 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002656
2657 (void)Store;
2658 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2659 return true;
2660 }
2661
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002662 bool rewriteIntegerStore(Value *V, StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002663 assert(IntTy && "We cannot extract an integer from the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002664 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002665 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) != IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002666 Value *Old =
2667 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002668 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002669 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2670 uint64_t Offset = BeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002671 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, SI.getValueOperand(), Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002672 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002673 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002674 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002675 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002676 (void)Store;
2677 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2678 return true;
2679 }
2680
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002681 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
2682 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
2683 Value *OldOp = SI.getOperand(1);
2684 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002685
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002686 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002687
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002688 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2689 // alloca that should be re-examined after promoting this alloca.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002690 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
2691 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V->stripInBoundsOffsets()))
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002692 Pass.PostPromotionWorklist.insert(AI);
2693
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002694 if (SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002695 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
2696 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2697 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
2698 assert(V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002699 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(V->getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002700 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002701 IntegerType *NarrowTy = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002702 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, NarrowTy, NewBeginOffset, "extract");
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002703 }
2704
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002705 if (VecTy)
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002706 return rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(V, SI, OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002707 if (IntTy && V->getType()->isIntegerTy())
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002708 return rewriteIntegerStore(V, SI);
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002709
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002710 StoreInst *NewSI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002711 if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2712 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002713 canConvertValue(DL, V->getType(), NewAllocaTy)) {
2714 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002715 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2716 SI.isVolatile());
2717 } else {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002718 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, V->getType()->getPointerTo());
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002719 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, NewPtr, getSliceAlign(V->getType()),
2720 SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002721 }
2722 (void)NewSI;
2723 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002724 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002725
2726 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NewSI << "\n");
2727 return NewSI->getPointerOperand() == &NewAI && !SI.isVolatile();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002728 }
2729
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002730 /// \brief Compute an integer value from splatting an i8 across the given
2731 /// number of bytes.
2732 ///
2733 /// Note that this routine assumes an i8 is a byte. If that isn't true, don't
2734 /// call this routine.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002735 /// FIXME: Heed the advice above.
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002736 ///
2737 /// \param V The i8 value to splat.
2738 /// \param Size The number of bytes in the output (assuming i8 is one byte)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002739 Value *getIntegerSplat(Value *V, unsigned Size) {
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002740 assert(Size > 0 && "Expected a positive number of bytes.");
2741 IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2742 assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == 8 && "Expected an i8 value for the byte");
2743 if (Size == 1)
2744 return V;
2745
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002746 Type *SplatIntTy = Type::getIntNTy(VTy->getContext(), Size * 8);
2747 V = IRB.CreateMul(
2748 IRB.CreateZExt(V, SplatIntTy, "zext"),
2749 ConstantExpr::getUDiv(
2750 Constant::getAllOnesValue(SplatIntTy),
2751 ConstantExpr::getZExt(Constant::getAllOnesValue(V->getType()),
2752 SplatIntTy)),
2753 "isplat");
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002754 return V;
2755 }
2756
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002757 /// \brief Compute a vector splat for a given element value.
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002758 Value *getVectorSplat(Value *V, unsigned NumElements) {
2759 V = IRB.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, V, "vsplat");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002760 DEBUG(dbgs() << " splat: " << *V << "\n");
2761 return V;
2762 }
2763
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002764 bool visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
2765 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002766 assert(II.getRawDest() == OldPtr);
2767
2768 // If the memset has a variable size, it cannot be split, just adjust the
2769 // pointer to the new alloca.
2770 if (!isa<Constant>(II.getLength())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002771 assert(!IsSplit);
Chandler Carruth735d5be2014-02-26 04:45:24 +00002772 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002773 II.setDest(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002774 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002775 II.setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(CstTy, getSliceAlign()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002776
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002777 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
2778 return false;
2779 }
2780
2781 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002782 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002783
2784 Type *AllocaTy = NewAI.getAllocatedType();
2785 Type *ScalarTy = AllocaTy->getScalarType();
2786
2787 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2788 // a single value type, just emit a memset.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002789 if (!VecTy && !IntTy &&
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002790 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002791 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy) ||
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002792 !AllocaTy->isSingleValueType() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002793 !DL.isLegalInteger(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy)) ||
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002794 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) % 8 != 0)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002795 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002796 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
2797 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemSet(
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002798 getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()), II.getValue(), Size,
2799 getSliceAlign(), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002800 (void)New;
2801 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2802 return false;
2803 }
2804
2805 // If we can represent this as a simple value, we have to build the actual
2806 // value to store, which requires expanding the byte present in memset to
2807 // a sensible representation for the alloca type. This is essentially
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002808 // splatting the byte to a sufficiently wide integer, splatting it across
2809 // any desired vector width, and bitcasting to the final type.
Benjamin Kramerc003a452013-01-01 16:13:35 +00002810 Value *V;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002811
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002812 if (VecTy) {
2813 // If this is a memset of a vectorized alloca, insert it.
2814 assert(ElementTy == ScalarTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002815
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002816 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2817 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002818 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2819 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2820 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2821
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002822 Value *Splat =
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002823 getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8);
2824 Splat = convertValue(DL, IRB, Splat, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruthcacda252012-12-17 14:03:01 +00002825 if (NumElements > 1)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002826 Splat = getVectorSplat(Splat, NumElements);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002827
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002828 Value *Old =
2829 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002830 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, Splat, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002831 } else if (IntTy) {
2832 // If this is a memset on an alloca where we can widen stores, insert the
2833 // set integer.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002834 assert(!II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002835
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002836 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002837 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), Size);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002838
2839 if (IntTy && (BeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset ||
2840 EndOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002841 Value *Old =
2842 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002843 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002844 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002845 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V, Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002846 } else {
2847 assert(V->getType() == IntTy &&
2848 "Wrong type for an alloca wide integer!");
2849 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002850 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002851 } else {
2852 // Established these invariants above.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002853 assert(NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2854 assert(NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002855
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002856 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) / 8);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002857 if (VectorType *AllocaVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002858 V = getVectorSplat(V, AllocaVecTy->getNumElements());
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002859
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002860 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002861 }
2862
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002863 Value *New = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002864 II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002865 (void)New;
2866 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2867 return !II.isVolatile();
2868 }
2869
2870 bool visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
2871 // Rewriting of memory transfer instructions can be a bit tricky. We break
2872 // them into two categories: split intrinsics and unsplit intrinsics.
2873
2874 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002875
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002876 bool IsDest = &II.getRawDestUse() == OldUse;
Alexey Samsonov26af6f72014-02-25 07:56:00 +00002877 assert((IsDest && II.getRawDest() == OldPtr) ||
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002878 (!IsDest && II.getRawSource() == OldPtr));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002879
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002880 unsigned SliceAlign = getSliceAlign();
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002881
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002882 // For unsplit intrinsics, we simply modify the source and destination
2883 // pointers in place. This isn't just an optimization, it is a matter of
2884 // correctness. With unsplit intrinsics we may be dealing with transfers
2885 // within a single alloca before SROA ran, or with transfers that have
2886 // a variable length. We may also be dealing with memmove instead of
2887 // memcpy, and so simply updating the pointers is the necessary for us to
2888 // update both source and dest of a single call.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002889 if (!IsSplittable) {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002890 Value *AdjustedPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002891 if (IsDest)
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002892 II.setDest(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002893 else
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002894 II.setSource(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002895
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002896 if (II.getAlignment() > SliceAlign) {
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002897 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002898 II.setAlignment(
2899 ConstantInt::get(CstTy, MinAlign(II.getAlignment(), SliceAlign)));
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002900 }
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002901
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002902 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002903 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002904 return false;
2905 }
2906 // For split transfer intrinsics we have an incredibly useful assurance:
2907 // the source and destination do not reside within the same alloca, and at
2908 // least one of them does not escape. This means that we can replace
2909 // memmove with memcpy, and we don't need to worry about all manner of
2910 // downsides to splitting and transforming the operations.
2911
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002912 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2913 // a single value type, just emit a memcpy.
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002914 bool EmitMemCpy =
2915 !VecTy && !IntTy &&
2916 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
2917 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(NewAI.getAllocatedType()) ||
2918 !NewAI.getAllocatedType()->isSingleValueType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002919
2920 // If we're just going to emit a memcpy, the alloca hasn't changed, and the
2921 // size hasn't been shrunk based on analysis of the viable range, this is
2922 // a no-op.
2923 if (EmitMemCpy && &OldAI == &NewAI) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002924 // Ensure the start lines up.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002925 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002926
2927 // Rewrite the size as needed.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002928 if (NewEndOffset != EndOffset)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002929 II.setLength(ConstantInt::get(II.getLength()->getType(),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002930 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002931 return false;
2932 }
2933 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002934 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002935
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002936 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2937 // alloca that should be re-examined after rewriting this instruction.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002938 Value *OtherPtr = IsDest ? II.getRawSource() : II.getRawDest();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002939 if (AllocaInst *AI =
2940 dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(OtherPtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002941 assert(AI != &OldAI && AI != &NewAI &&
2942 "Splittable transfers cannot reach the same alloca on both ends.");
Chandler Carruth4bd8f662012-09-26 07:41:40 +00002943 Pass.Worklist.insert(AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002944 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002945
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002946 Type *OtherPtrTy = OtherPtr->getType();
2947 unsigned OtherAS = OtherPtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace();
2948
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002949 // Compute the relative offset for the other pointer within the transfer.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002950 unsigned IntPtrWidth = DL.getPointerSizeInBits(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002951 APInt OtherOffset(IntPtrWidth, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002952 unsigned OtherAlign = MinAlign(II.getAlignment() ? II.getAlignment() : 1,
2953 OtherOffset.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue());
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002954
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002955 if (EmitMemCpy) {
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002956 // Compute the other pointer, folding as much as possible to produce
2957 // a single, simple GEP in most cases.
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002958 OtherPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002959 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002960
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002961 Value *OurPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002962 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002963 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002964
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002965 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemCpy(
2966 IsDest ? OurPtr : OtherPtr, IsDest ? OtherPtr : OurPtr, Size,
2967 MinAlign(SliceAlign, OtherAlign), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002968 (void)New;
2969 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2970 return false;
2971 }
2972
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002973 bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2974 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset;
2975 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2976 unsigned BeginIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewBeginOffset) : 0;
2977 unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewEndOffset) : 0;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002978 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002979 IntegerType *SubIntTy =
2980 IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size * 8) : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002981
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002982 // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to
2983 // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002984 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
2985 if (NumElements == 1)
2986 OtherPtrTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2987 else
2988 OtherPtrTy = VectorType::get(VecTy->getElementType(), NumElements);
2989
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002990 OtherPtrTy = OtherPtrTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002991 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002992 OtherPtrTy = SubIntTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
2993 } else {
2994 OtherPtrTy = NewAllocaTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002995 }
2996
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002997 Value *SrcPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002998 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002999 unsigned SrcAlign = OtherAlign;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003000 Value *DstPtr = &NewAI;
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003001 unsigned DstAlign = SliceAlign;
3002 if (!IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003003 std::swap(SrcPtr, DstPtr);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003004 std::swap(SrcAlign, DstAlign);
3005 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003006
3007 Value *Src;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003008 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003009 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00003010 Src = extractVector(IRB, Src, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00003011 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003012 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003013 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003014 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003015 Src = extractInteger(DL, IRB, Src, SubIntTy, Offset, "extract");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003016 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003017 Src =
3018 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(SrcPtr, SrcAlign, II.isVolatile(), "copyload");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003019 }
3020
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003021 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003022 Value *Old =
3023 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00003024 Src = insertVector(IRB, Old, Src, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00003025 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003026 Value *Old =
3027 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003028 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003029 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003030 Src = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, Src, Offset, "insert");
3031 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00003032 }
3033
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00003034 StoreInst *Store = cast<StoreInst>(
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003035 IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Src, DstPtr, DstAlign, II.isVolatile()));
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00003036 (void)Store;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003037 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3038 return !II.isVolatile();
3039 }
3040
3041 bool visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
3042 assert(II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
3043 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
3044 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003045 assert(II.getArgOperand(1) == OldPtr);
3046
3047 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00003048 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003049
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003050 ConstantInt *Size =
3051 ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(II.getArgOperand(0)->getType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003052 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003053 Value *Ptr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003054 Value *New;
3055 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start)
3056 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeStart(Ptr, Size);
3057 else
3058 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeEnd(Ptr, Size);
3059
Edwin Vane82f80d42013-01-29 17:42:24 +00003060 (void)New;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003061 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
3062 return true;
3063 }
3064
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003065 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3066 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003067 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
3068 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003069
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003070 // We would like to compute a new pointer in only one place, but have it be
3071 // as local as possible to the PHI. To do that, we re-use the location of
3072 // the old pointer, which necessarily must be in the right position to
3073 // dominate the PHI.
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00003074 IRBuilderTy PtrBuilder(IRB);
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00003075 if (isa<PHINode>(OldPtr))
3076 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
3077 else
3078 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00003079 PtrBuilder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldPtr->getDebugLoc());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003080
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003081 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(PtrBuilder, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003082 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
Benjamin Kramer7ddd7052012-10-20 12:04:57 +00003083 std::replace(PN.op_begin(), PN.op_end(), cast<Value>(OldPtr), NewPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003084
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003085 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << PN << "\n");
3086 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003087
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003088 // PHIs can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
3089 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
3090 // fully-rewritten alloca.
3091 PHIUsers.insert(&PN);
3092 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003093 }
3094
3095 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3096 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00003097 assert((SI.getTrueValue() == OldPtr || SI.getFalseValue() == OldPtr) &&
3098 "Pointer isn't an operand!");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003099 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
3100 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003101
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003102 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00003103 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
3104 if (SI.getOperand(1) == OldPtr)
3105 SI.setOperand(1, NewPtr);
3106 if (SI.getOperand(2) == OldPtr)
3107 SI.setOperand(2, NewPtr);
3108
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003109 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003110 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003111
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003112 // Selects can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
3113 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
3114 // fully-rewritten alloca.
3115 SelectUsers.insert(&SI);
3116 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003117 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003118};
3119}
3120
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003121namespace {
3122/// \brief Visitor to rewrite aggregate loads and stores as scalar.
3123///
3124/// This pass aggressively rewrites all aggregate loads and stores on
3125/// a particular pointer (or any pointer derived from it which we can identify)
3126/// with scalar loads and stores.
3127class AggLoadStoreRewriter : public InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool> {
3128 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
3129 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool>;
3130
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003131 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003132
3133 /// Queue of pointer uses to analyze and potentially rewrite.
3134 SmallVector<Use *, 8> Queue;
3135
3136 /// Set to prevent us from cycling with phi nodes and loops.
3137 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
3138
3139 /// The current pointer use being rewritten. This is used to dig up the used
3140 /// value (as opposed to the user).
3141 Use *U;
3142
3143public:
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003144 AggLoadStoreRewriter(const DataLayout &DL) : DL(DL) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003145
3146 /// Rewrite loads and stores through a pointer and all pointers derived from
3147 /// it.
3148 bool rewrite(Instruction &I) {
3149 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting FCA loads and stores...\n");
3150 enqueueUsers(I);
3151 bool Changed = false;
3152 while (!Queue.empty()) {
3153 U = Queue.pop_back_val();
3154 Changed |= visit(cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()));
3155 }
3156 return Changed;
3157 }
3158
3159private:
3160 /// Enqueue all the users of the given instruction for further processing.
3161 /// This uses a set to de-duplicate users.
3162 void enqueueUsers(Instruction &I) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003163 for (Use &U : I.uses())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003164 if (Visited.insert(U.getUser()).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003165 Queue.push_back(&U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003166 }
3167
3168 // Conservative default is to not rewrite anything.
3169 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return false; }
3170
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003171 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission class.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003172 template <typename Derived> class OpSplitter {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003173 protected:
3174 /// The builder used to form new instructions.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00003175 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003176 /// The indices which to be used with insert- or extractvalue to select the
3177 /// appropriate value within the aggregate.
3178 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
3179 /// The indices to a GEP instruction which will move Ptr to the correct slot
3180 /// within the aggregate.
3181 SmallVector<Value *, 4> GEPIndices;
3182 /// The base pointer of the original op, used as a base for GEPing the
3183 /// split operations.
3184 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003185
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003186 /// Initialize the splitter with an insertion point, Ptr and start with a
3187 /// single zero GEP index.
3188 OpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003189 : IRB(InsertionPoint), GEPIndices(1, IRB.getInt32(0)), Ptr(Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003190
3191 public:
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003192 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission routine.
3193 ///
3194 /// This method recursively splits an aggregate op (load or store) into
3195 /// scalar or vector ops. It splits recursively until it hits a single value
3196 /// and emits that single value operation via the template argument.
3197 ///
3198 /// The logic of this routine relies on GEPs and insertvalue and
3199 /// extractvalue all operating with the same fundamental index list, merely
3200 /// formatted differently (GEPs need actual values).
3201 ///
3202 /// \param Ty The type being split recursively into smaller ops.
3203 /// \param Agg The aggregate value being built up or stored, depending on
3204 /// whether this is splitting a load or a store respectively.
3205 void emitSplitOps(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
3206 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003207 return static_cast<Derived *>(this)->emitFunc(Ty, Agg, Name);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003208
3209 if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3210 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3211 (void)OldSize;
3212 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = ATy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3213 ++Idx) {
3214 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3215 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3216 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3217 emitSplitOps(ATy->getElementType(), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3218 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3219 Indices.pop_back();
3220 }
3221 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003222 }
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003223
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003224 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3225 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3226 (void)OldSize;
3227 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = STy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3228 ++Idx) {
3229 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3230 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3231 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3232 emitSplitOps(STy->getElementType(Idx), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3233 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3234 Indices.pop_back();
3235 }
3236 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003237 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003238
3239 llvm_unreachable("Only arrays and structs are aggregate loadable types");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003240 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003241 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003242
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003243 struct LoadOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003244 LoadOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003245 : OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003246
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003247 /// Emit a leaf load of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3248 /// recursive emission to actually load values.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003249 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003250 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3251 // Load the single value and insert it using the indices.
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +00003252 Value *GEP = IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
3253 Value *Load = IRB.CreateLoad(GEP, Name + ".load");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003254 Agg = IRB.CreateInsertValue(Agg, Load, Indices, Name + ".insert");
3255 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Load << "\n");
3256 }
3257 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003258
3259 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
3260 assert(LI.getPointerOperand() == *U);
3261 if (!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType())
3262 return false;
3263
3264 // We have an aggregate being loaded, split it apart.
3265 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003266 LoadOpSplitter Splitter(&LI, *U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003267 Value *V = UndefValue::get(LI.getType());
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003268 Splitter.emitSplitOps(LI.getType(), V, LI.getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003269 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
3270 LI.eraseFromParent();
3271 return true;
3272 }
3273
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003274 struct StoreOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003275 StoreOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003276 : OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003277
3278 /// Emit a leaf store of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3279 /// recursive emission to actually produce stores.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003280 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003281 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3282 // Extract the single value and store it using the indices.
3283 Value *Store = IRB.CreateStore(
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003284 IRB.CreateExtractValue(Agg, Indices, Name + ".extract"),
3285 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep"));
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003286 (void)Store;
3287 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3288 }
3289 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003290
3291 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
3292 if (!SI.isSimple() || SI.getPointerOperand() != *U)
3293 return false;
3294 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
3295 if (V->getType()->isSingleValueType())
3296 return false;
3297
3298 // We have an aggregate being stored, split it apart.
3299 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003300 StoreOpSplitter Splitter(&SI, *U);
3301 Splitter.emitSplitOps(V->getType(), V, V->getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003302 SI.eraseFromParent();
3303 return true;
3304 }
3305
3306 bool visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
3307 enqueueUsers(BC);
3308 return false;
3309 }
3310
3311 bool visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
3312 enqueueUsers(GEPI);
3313 return false;
3314 }
3315
3316 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3317 enqueueUsers(PN);
3318 return false;
3319 }
3320
3321 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3322 enqueueUsers(SI);
3323 return false;
3324 }
3325};
3326}
3327
Chandler Carruthba931992012-10-13 10:49:33 +00003328/// \brief Strip aggregate type wrapping.
3329///
3330/// This removes no-op aggregate types wrapping an underlying type. It will
3331/// strip as many layers of types as it can without changing either the type
3332/// size or the allocated size.
3333static Type *stripAggregateTypeWrapping(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty) {
3334 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
3335 return Ty;
3336
3337 uint64_t AllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
3338 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3339
3340 Type *InnerTy;
3341 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3342 InnerTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
3343 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3344 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
3345 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(0);
3346 InnerTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
3347 } else {
3348 return Ty;
3349 }
3350
3351 if (AllocSize > DL.getTypeAllocSize(InnerTy) ||
3352 TypeSize > DL.getTypeSizeInBits(InnerTy))
3353 return Ty;
3354
3355 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, InnerTy);
3356}
3357
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003358/// \brief Try to find a partition of the aggregate type passed in for a given
3359/// offset and size.
3360///
3361/// This recurses through the aggregate type and tries to compute a subtype
3362/// based on the offset and size. When the offset and size span a sub-section
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003363/// of an array, it will even compute a new array type for that sub-section,
3364/// and the same for structs.
3365///
3366/// Note that this routine is very strict and tries to find a partition of the
3367/// type which produces the *exact* right offset and size. It is not forgiving
3368/// when the size or offset cause either end of type-based partition to be off.
3369/// Also, this is a best-effort routine. It is reasonable to give up and not
3370/// return a type if necessary.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003371static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
3372 uint64_t Size) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003373 if (Offset == 0 && DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) == Size)
3374 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty);
3375 if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) ||
3376 (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) - Offset) < Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003377 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003378
3379 if (SequentialType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) {
3380 // We can't partition pointers...
3381 if (SeqTy->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003382 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003383
3384 Type *ElementTy = SeqTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003385 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003386 uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003387 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003388 if (NumSkippedElements >= ArrTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003389 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003390 } else if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003391 if (NumSkippedElements >= VecTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003392 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003393 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003394 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
3395
3396 // First check if we need to recurse.
3397 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3398 // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element.
3399 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003400 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003401 // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003402 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003403 }
3404 assert(Offset == 0);
3405
3406 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003407 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003408 assert(Size > ElementSize);
3409 uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize;
3410 if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003411 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003412 return ArrayType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
3413 }
3414
3415 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
3416 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003417 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003418
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003419 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003420 if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003421 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003422 uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size;
3423 if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003424 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003425
3426 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003427 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Index);
3428
3429 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003430 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003431 if (Offset >= ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003432 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003433
3434 // See if any partition must be contained by the element.
3435 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3436 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003437 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003438 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003439 }
3440 assert(Offset == 0);
3441
3442 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003443 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003444
3445 StructType::element_iterator EI = STy->element_begin() + Index,
3446 EE = STy->element_end();
3447 if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
3448 unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(EndOffset);
3449 if (Index == EndIndex)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003450 return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding.
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003451
3452 // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the
3453 // expected size.
3454 // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the
3455 // sub-struct to find a natural end point.
3456 if (SL->getElementOffset(EndIndex) != EndOffset)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003457 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003458
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003459 assert(Index < EndIndex);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003460 EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex;
3461 }
3462
3463 // Try to build up a sub-structure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003464 StructType *SubTy =
3465 StructType::get(STy->getContext(), makeArrayRef(EI, EE), STy->isPacked());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003466 const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(SubTy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003467 if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003468 return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003469
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003470 return SubTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003471}
3472
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003473/// \brief Pre-split loads and stores to simplify rewriting.
3474///
3475/// We want to break up the splittable load+store pairs as much as
3476/// possible. This is important to do as a preprocessing step, as once we
3477/// start rewriting the accesses to partitions of the alloca we lose the
3478/// necessary information to correctly split apart paired loads and stores
3479/// which both point into this alloca. The case to consider is something like
3480/// the following:
3481///
3482/// %a = alloca [12 x i8]
3483/// %gep1 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 0
3484/// %gep2 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 4
3485/// %gep3 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 8
3486/// %iptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to i64*
3487/// %iptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to i64*
3488/// %fptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to float*
3489/// %fptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to float*
3490/// %fptr3 = bitcast i8* %gep3 to float*
3491/// store float 0.0, float* %fptr1
3492/// store float 1.0, float* %fptr2
3493/// %v = load i64* %iptr1
3494/// store i64 %v, i64* %iptr2
3495/// %f1 = load float* %fptr2
3496/// %f2 = load float* %fptr3
3497///
3498/// Here we want to form 3 partitions of the alloca, each 4 bytes large, and
3499/// promote everything so we recover the 2 SSA values that should have been
3500/// there all along.
3501///
3502/// \returns true if any changes are made.
3503bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3504 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Pre-splitting loads and stores\n");
3505
3506 // Track the loads and stores which are candidates for pre-splitting here, in
3507 // the order they first appear during the partition scan. These give stable
3508 // iteration order and a basis for tracking which loads and stores we
3509 // actually split.
3510 SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads;
3511 SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores;
3512
3513 // We need to accumulate the splits required of each load or store where we
3514 // can find them via a direct lookup. This is important to cross-check loads
3515 // and stores against each other. We also track the slice so that we can kill
3516 // all the slices that end up split.
3517 struct SplitOffsets {
3518 Slice *S;
3519 std::vector<uint64_t> Splits;
3520 };
3521 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, SplitOffsets, 8> SplitOffsetsMap;
3522
3523 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Searching for candidate loads and stores\n");
3524 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
3525 for (Slice &S : P) {
3526 if (!S.isSplittable())
3527 continue;
3528 if (S.endOffset() <= P.endOffset())
3529 continue;
3530 assert(P.endOffset() > S.beginOffset() &&
3531 "Empty or backwards partition!");
3532
3533 // Determine if this is a pre-splittable slice.
3534 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(S.getUse()->getUser());
3535 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
3536 assert(!LI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile loads!");
3537
3538 // The load must be used exclusively to store into other pointers for
3539 // us to be able to arbitrarily pre-split it. The stores must also be
3540 // simple to avoid changing semantics.
3541 auto IsLoadSimplyStored = [](LoadInst *LI) {
3542 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3543 auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3544 if (!SI || !SI->isSimple())
3545 return false;
3546 }
3547 return true;
3548 };
3549 if (!IsLoadSimplyStored(LI))
3550 continue;
3551
3552 Loads.push_back(LI);
3553 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003554 if (!SI ||
3555 S.getUse() != &SI->getOperandUse(SI->getPointerOperandIndex()))
3556 continue;
3557 auto *StoredLoad = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3558 if (!StoredLoad || !StoredLoad->isSimple())
3559 continue;
3560 assert(!SI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile stores!");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003561
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003562 Stores.push_back(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003563 } else {
3564 // Other uses cannot be pre-split.
3565 continue;
3566 }
3567
3568 // Record the initial split.
3569 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Candidate: " << *I << "\n");
3570 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[I];
3571 assert(Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3572 "Should not have splits the first time we see an instruction!");
3573 Offsets.S = &S;
3574 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset());
3575 }
3576
3577 // Now scan the already split slices, and add a split for any of them which
3578 // we're going to pre-split.
3579 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
3580 auto SplitOffsetsMapI =
3581 SplitOffsetsMap.find(cast<Instruction>(S->getUse()->getUser()));
3582 if (SplitOffsetsMapI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3583 continue;
3584 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMapI->second;
3585
3586 assert(Offsets.S == S && "Found a mismatched slice!");
3587 assert(!Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3588 "Cannot have an empty set of splits on the second partition!");
3589 assert(Offsets.Splits.back() == P.beginOffset() &&
3590 "Previous split does not end where this one begins!");
3591
3592 // Record each split. The last partition's end isn't needed as the size
3593 // of the slice dictates that.
3594 if (S->endOffset() > P.endOffset())
3595 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset());
3596 }
3597 }
3598
3599 // We may have split loads where some of their stores are split stores. For
3600 // such loads and stores, we can only pre-split them if their splits exactly
3601 // match relative to their starting offset. We have to verify this prior to
3602 // any rewriting.
3603 SmallPtrSet<LoadInst *, 4> BadSplitLoads;
3604 Stores.erase(
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003605 std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
3606 [&BadSplitLoads, &SplitOffsetsMap](StoreInst *SI) {
3607 // Lookup the load we are storing in our map of split
3608 // offsets.
3609 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3610 auto LoadOffsetsI = SplitOffsetsMap.find(LI);
3611 if (LoadOffsetsI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3612 return false; // Unrelated loads are always safe.
3613 auto &LoadOffsets = LoadOffsetsI->second;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003614
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003615 // Now lookup the store's offsets.
3616 auto &StoreOffsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003617
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003618 // If the relative offsets of each split in the load and
3619 // store match exactly, then we can split them and we
3620 // don't need to remove them here.
3621 if (LoadOffsets.Splits == StoreOffsets.Splits)
3622 return false;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003623
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003624 DEBUG(dbgs()
3625 << " Mismatched splits for load and store:\n"
3626 << " " << *LI << "\n"
3627 << " " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003628
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003629 // We've found a store and load that we need to split
3630 // with mismatched relative splits. Just give up on them
3631 // and remove both instructions from our list of
3632 // candidates.
3633 BadSplitLoads.insert(LI);
3634 return true;
3635 }),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003636 Stores.end());
3637 Loads.erase(std::remove_if(Loads.begin(), Loads.end(),
3638 [&BadSplitLoads](LoadInst *LI) {
3639 return BadSplitLoads.count(LI);
3640 }),
3641 Loads.end());
3642
3643 // If no loads or stores are left, there is no pre-splitting to be done for
3644 // this alloca.
3645 if (Loads.empty() && Stores.empty())
3646 return false;
3647
3648 // From here on, we can't fail and will be building new accesses, so rig up
3649 // an IR builder.
3650 IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI);
3651
3652 // Collect the new slices which we will merge into the alloca slices.
3653 SmallVector<Slice, 4> NewSlices;
3654
3655 // Track any allocas we end up splitting loads and stores for so we iterate
3656 // on them.
3657 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> ResplitPromotableAllocas;
3658
3659 // At this point, we have collected all of the loads and stores we can
3660 // pre-split, and the specific splits needed for them. We actually do the
3661 // splitting in a specific order in order to handle when one of the loads in
3662 // the value operand to one of the stores.
3663 //
3664 // First, we rewrite all of the split loads, and just accumulate each split
3665 // load in a parallel structure. We also build the slices for them and append
3666 // them to the alloca slices.
3667 SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap;
3668 std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads;
3669 for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) {
3670 SplitLoads.clear();
3671
3672 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3673 uint64_t LoadSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3674 assert(LoadSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer load!");
3675
3676 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[LI];
3677 assert(LoadSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3678 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3679 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3680 assert(BaseOffset + LoadSize > BaseOffset &&
3681 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3682
3683 Instruction *BasePtr = cast<Instruction>(LI->getPointerOperand());
3684 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(LI));
3685
3686 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting load: " << *LI << "\n");
3687
3688 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3689 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3690 for (;;) {
3691 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3692 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3693 LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
3694 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, BasePtr,
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003695 APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
3696 PartPtrTy, BasePtr->getName() + "."),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003697 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
3698 LI->getName());
3699
3700 // Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later
3701 // to rewrite the stores.
3702 SplitLoads.push_back(PLoad);
3703
3704 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003705 NewSlices.push_back(
3706 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3707 &PLoad->getOperandUse(PLoad->getPointerOperandIndex()),
3708 /*IsSplittable*/ true));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003709 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3710 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PLoad
3711 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003712
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003713 // See if we've handled all the splits.
3714 if (Idx >= Size)
3715 break;
3716
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003717 // Setup the next partition.
3718 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3719 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003720 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : LoadSize) - PartOffset;
3721 }
3722
3723 // Now that we have the split loads, do the slow walk over all uses of the
3724 // load and rewrite them as split stores, or save the split loads to use
3725 // below if the store is going to be split there anyways.
3726 bool DeferredStores = false;
3727 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3728 StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3729 if (!Stores.empty() && SplitOffsetsMap.count(SI)) {
3730 DeferredStores = true;
3731 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Deferred splitting of store: " << *SI << "\n");
3732 continue;
3733 }
3734
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003735 Value *StoreBasePtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003736 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(SI));
3737
3738 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store of load: " << *SI << "\n");
3739
3740 for (int Idx = 0, Size = SplitLoads.size(); Idx < Size; ++Idx) {
3741 LoadInst *PLoad = SplitLoads[Idx];
3742 uint64_t PartOffset = Idx == 0 ? 0 : Offsets.Splits[Idx - 1];
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003743 auto *PartPtrTy =
3744 PLoad->getType()->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003745
3746 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
3747 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, StoreBasePtr,
3748 APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
3749 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
3750 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
3751 (void)PStore;
3752 DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n");
3753 }
3754
3755 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3756 // this store, and we have to track any promotable alloca (indicated by
3757 // a direct store) as needing to be resplit because it is no longer
3758 // promotable.
3759 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(StoreBasePtr)) {
3760 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3761 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3762 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3763 StoreBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3764 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3765 }
3766
3767 // Mark the original store as dead.
3768 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3769 }
3770
3771 // Save the split loads if there are deferred stores among the users.
3772 if (DeferredStores)
3773 SplitLoadsMap.insert(std::make_pair(LI, std::move(SplitLoads)));
3774
3775 // Mark the original load as dead and kill the original slice.
3776 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3777 Offsets.S->kill();
3778 }
3779
3780 // Second, we rewrite all of the split stores. At this point, we know that
3781 // all loads from this alloca have been split already. For stores of such
3782 // loads, we can simply look up the pre-existing split loads. For stores of
3783 // other loads, we split those loads first and then write split stores of
3784 // them.
3785 for (StoreInst *SI : Stores) {
3786 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3787 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3788 uint64_t StoreSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3789 assert(StoreSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer store!");
3790
3791 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
3792 assert(StoreSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3793 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3794 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3795 assert(BaseOffset + StoreSize > BaseOffset &&
3796 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3797
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003798 Value *LoadBasePtr = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003799 Instruction *StoreBasePtr = cast<Instruction>(SI->getPointerOperand());
3800
3801 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store: " << *SI << "\n");
3802
3803 // Check whether we have an already split load.
3804 auto SplitLoadsMapI = SplitLoadsMap.find(LI);
3805 std::vector<LoadInst *> *SplitLoads = nullptr;
3806 if (SplitLoadsMapI != SplitLoadsMap.end()) {
3807 SplitLoads = &SplitLoadsMapI->second;
3808 assert(SplitLoads->size() == Offsets.Splits.size() + 1 &&
3809 "Too few split loads for the number of splits in the store!");
3810 } else {
3811 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of load: " << *LI << "\n");
3812 }
3813
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003814 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3815 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3816 for (;;) {
3817 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3818 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3819
3820 // Either lookup a split load or create one.
3821 LoadInst *PLoad;
3822 if (SplitLoads) {
3823 PLoad = (*SplitLoads)[Idx];
3824 } else {
3825 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(LI));
3826 PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
3827 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, LoadBasePtr,
3828 APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
3829 PartPtrTy, LoadBasePtr->getName() + "."),
3830 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
3831 LI->getName());
3832 }
3833
3834 // And store this partition.
3835 IRB.SetInsertPoint(BasicBlock::iterator(SI));
3836 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
3837 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, *DL, StoreBasePtr,
3838 APInt(DL->getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
3839 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
3840 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, *DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
3841
3842 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
3843 NewSlices.push_back(
3844 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3845 &PStore->getOperandUse(PStore->getPointerOperandIndex()),
3846 /*IsSplittable*/ true));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003847 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3848 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PStore
3849 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003850 if (!SplitLoads) {
3851 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of split load: " << *PLoad << "\n");
3852 }
3853
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003854 // See if we've finished all the splits.
3855 if (Idx >= Size)
3856 break;
3857
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003858 // Setup the next partition.
3859 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3860 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003861 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : StoreSize) - PartOffset;
3862 }
3863
3864 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3865 // this load, which is only relevant if it isn't a load of this alloca and
3866 // thus we didn't already split the loads above. We also have to keep track
3867 // of any promotable allocas we split loads on as they can no longer be
3868 // promoted.
3869 if (!SplitLoads) {
3870 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(LoadBasePtr)) {
3871 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3872 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3873 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3874 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3875 LoadBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3876 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3877 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3878 }
3879 }
3880
3881 // Mark the original store as dead now that we've split it up and kill its
3882 // slice. Note that we leave the original load in place. It may in turn be
3883 // split up if it is an alloca load for some other alloca, but it may be
3884 // a normal load. This may introduce redundant loads, but where those can
3885 // be merged the rest of the optimizer should handle the merging, and this
3886 // uncovers SSA splits which is more important. In practice, the original
3887 // loads will almost always be fully split and removed eventually, and the
3888 // splits will be merged by any trivial CSE, including instcombine.
3889 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3890 Offsets.S->kill();
3891 }
3892
3893 // Now we need to remove the killed slices, sort the newly added slices, and
3894 // merge the two sorted ranges of slices so that the entire range is sorted
3895 // properly for us to re-compute the partitions.
3896 AS.erase(std::remove_if(AS.begin(), AS.end(), [](const Slice &S) {
3897 return S.isDead();
3898 }), AS.end());
3899
3900 AS.insert(NewSlices);
3901
3902 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Pre-split slices:\n");
3903#ifndef NDEBUG
3904 for (auto I = AS.begin(), E = AS.end(); I != E; ++I)
3905 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs(), I, " "));
3906#endif
3907
3908 // Finally, don't try to promote any allocas that new require re-splitting.
3909 // They have already been added to the worklist above.
3910 PromotableAllocas.erase(
3911 std::remove_if(
3912 PromotableAllocas.begin(), PromotableAllocas.end(),
3913 [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return ResplitPromotableAllocas.count(AI); }),
3914 PromotableAllocas.end());
3915
3916 return true;
3917}
3918
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003919/// \brief Rewrite an alloca partition's users.
3920///
3921/// This routine drives both of the rewriting goals of the SROA pass. It tries
3922/// to rewrite uses of an alloca partition to be conducive for SSA value
3923/// promotion. If the partition needs a new, more refined alloca, this will
3924/// build that new alloca, preserving as much type information as possible, and
3925/// rewrite the uses of the old alloca to point at the new one and have the
3926/// appropriate new offsets. It also evaluates how successful the rewrite was
3927/// at enabling promotion and if it was successful queues the alloca to be
3928/// promoted.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00003929bool SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003930 AllocaSlices::Partition &P) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003931 // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This
3932 // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type
3933 // or an i8 array of an appropriate size.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003934 Type *SliceTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003935 if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(P.begin(), P.end(), P.endOffset()))
3936 if (DL->getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003937 SliceTy = CommonUseTy;
3938 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003939 if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(*DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003940 P.beginOffset(), P.size()))
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003941 SliceTy = TypePartitionTy;
3942 if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() &&
3943 SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) &&
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003944 DL->isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
3945 SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(*C, P.size() * 8);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003946 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003947 SliceTy = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(*C), P.size());
3948 assert(DL->getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003949
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00003950 bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, *DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003951
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003952 VectorType *VecTy =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00003953 IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, *DL);
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003954 if (VecTy)
3955 SliceTy = VecTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003956
3957 // Check for the case where we're going to rewrite to a new alloca of the
3958 // exact same type as the original, and with the same access offsets. In that
3959 // case, re-use the existing alloca, but still run through the rewriter to
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00003960 // perform phi and select speculation.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003961 AllocaInst *NewAI;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003962 if (SliceTy == AI.getAllocatedType()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003963 assert(P.beginOffset() == 0 &&
3964 "Non-zero begin offset but same alloca type");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003965 NewAI = &AI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003966 // FIXME: We should be able to bail at this point with "nothing changed".
3967 // FIXME: We might want to defer PHI speculation until after here.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003968 } else {
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003969 unsigned Alignment = AI.getAlignment();
3970 if (!Alignment) {
3971 // The minimum alignment which users can rely on when the explicit
3972 // alignment is omitted or zero is that required by the ABI for this
3973 // type.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003974 Alignment = DL->getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003975 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003976 Alignment = MinAlign(Alignment, P.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003977 // If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave
3978 // the alloca's alignment unconstrained.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003979 if (Alignment <= DL->getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003980 Alignment = 0;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003981 NewAI = new AllocaInst(
3982 SliceTy, nullptr, Alignment,
3983 AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(P.begin() - AS.begin()), &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003984 ++NumNewAllocas;
3985 }
3986
3987 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Rewriting alloca partition "
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003988 << "[" << P.beginOffset() << "," << P.endOffset()
3989 << ") to: " << *NewAI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003990
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003991 // Track the high watermark on the worklist as it is only relevant for
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003992 // promoted allocas. We will reset it to this point if the alloca is not in
3993 // fact scheduled for promotion.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003994 unsigned PPWOldSize = PostPromotionWorklist.size();
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003995 unsigned NumUses = 0;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003996 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers;
3997 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003998
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003999 AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(*DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
4000 P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy,
4001 PHIUsers, SelectUsers);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004002 bool Promotable = true;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00004003 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004004 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004005 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004006 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004007 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004008 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(&S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004009 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004010 }
4011
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004012 NumAllocaPartitionUses += NumUses;
4013 MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition =
4014 std::max<unsigned>(NumUses, MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004015
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004016 // Now that we've processed all the slices in the new partition, check if any
4017 // PHIs or Selects would block promotion.
4018 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *>::iterator I = PHIUsers.begin(),
4019 E = PHIUsers.end();
4020 I != E; ++I)
4021 if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(**I, DL)) {
4022 Promotable = false;
4023 PHIUsers.clear();
4024 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00004025 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004026 }
4027 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *>::iterator I = SelectUsers.begin(),
4028 E = SelectUsers.end();
4029 I != E; ++I)
4030 if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(**I, DL)) {
4031 Promotable = false;
4032 PHIUsers.clear();
4033 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00004034 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004035 }
4036
4037 if (Promotable) {
4038 if (PHIUsers.empty() && SelectUsers.empty()) {
4039 // Promote the alloca.
4040 PromotableAllocas.push_back(NewAI);
4041 } else {
4042 // If we have either PHIs or Selects to speculate, add them to those
4043 // worklists and re-queue the new alloca so that we promote in on the
4044 // next iteration.
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00004045 for (PHINode *PHIUser : PHIUsers)
4046 SpeculatablePHIs.insert(PHIUser);
4047 for (SelectInst *SelectUser : SelectUsers)
4048 SpeculatableSelects.insert(SelectUser);
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004049 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
4050 }
4051 } else {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004052 // If we can't promote the alloca, iterate on it to check for new
4053 // refinements exposed by splitting the current alloca. Don't iterate on an
4054 // alloca which didn't actually change and didn't get promoted.
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004055 if (NewAI != &AI)
4056 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004057
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004058 // Drop any post-promotion work items if promotion didn't happen.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004059 while (PostPromotionWorklist.size() > PPWOldSize)
4060 PostPromotionWorklist.pop_back();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004061 }
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004062
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004063 return true;
4064}
4065
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004066/// \brief Walks the slices of an alloca and form partitions based on them,
4067/// rewriting each of their uses.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004068bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
4069 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004070 return false;
4071
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004072 unsigned NumPartitions = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004073 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004074
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004075 Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS);
4076
4077 // Rewrite each partition.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004078 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
4079 Changed |= rewritePartition(AI, AS, P);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004080 ++NumPartitions;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004081 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004082
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004083 NumAllocaPartitions += NumPartitions;
4084 MaxPartitionsPerAlloca =
4085 std::max<unsigned>(NumPartitions, MaxPartitionsPerAlloca);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004086
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004087 return Changed;
4088}
4089
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004090/// \brief Clobber a use with undef, deleting the used value if it becomes dead.
4091void SROA::clobberUse(Use &U) {
4092 Value *OldV = U;
4093 // Replace the use with an undef value.
4094 U = UndefValue::get(OldV->getType());
4095
4096 // Check for this making an instruction dead. We have to garbage collect
4097 // all the dead instructions to ensure the uses of any alloca end up being
4098 // minimal.
4099 if (Instruction *OldI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldV))
4100 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(OldI)) {
4101 DeadInsts.insert(OldI);
4102 }
4103}
4104
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004105/// \brief Analyze an alloca for SROA.
4106///
4107/// This analyzes the alloca to ensure we can reason about it, builds
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004108/// the slices of the alloca, and then hands it off to be split and
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004109/// rewritten as needed.
4110bool SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) {
4111 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA alloca: " << AI << "\n");
4112 ++NumAllocasAnalyzed;
4113
4114 // Special case dead allocas, as they're trivial.
4115 if (AI.use_empty()) {
4116 AI.eraseFromParent();
4117 return true;
4118 }
4119
4120 // Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle.
4121 if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00004122 DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004123 return false;
4124
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004125 bool Changed = false;
4126
4127 // First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote
4128 // better splitting and promotion opportunities.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00004129 AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter(*DL);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004130 Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(AI);
4131
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004132 // Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004133 AllocaSlices AS(*DL, AI);
4134 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs()));
4135 if (AS.isEscaped())
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004136 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004137
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004138 // Delete all the dead users of this alloca before splitting and rewriting it.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004139 for (Instruction *DeadUser : AS.getDeadUsers()) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004140 // Free up everything used by this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004141 for (Use &DeadOp : DeadUser->operands())
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004142 clobberUse(DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004143
4144 // Now replace the uses of this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004145 DeadUser->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(DeadUser->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004146
4147 // And mark it for deletion.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004148 DeadInsts.insert(DeadUser);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004149 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004150 }
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004151 for (Use *DeadOp : AS.getDeadOperands()) {
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004152 clobberUse(*DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004153 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004154 }
4155
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004156 // No slices to split. Leave the dead alloca for a later pass to clean up.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004157 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00004158 return Changed;
4159
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004160 Changed |= splitAlloca(AI, AS);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004161
4162 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating PHIs\n");
4163 while (!SpeculatablePHIs.empty())
4164 speculatePHINodeLoads(*SpeculatablePHIs.pop_back_val());
4165
4166 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating Selects\n");
4167 while (!SpeculatableSelects.empty())
4168 speculateSelectInstLoads(*SpeculatableSelects.pop_back_val());
4169
4170 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004171}
4172
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004173/// \brief Delete the dead instructions accumulated in this run.
4174///
4175/// Recursively deletes the dead instructions we've accumulated. This is done
4176/// at the very end to maximize locality of the recursive delete and to
4177/// minimize the problems of invalidated instruction pointers as such pointers
4178/// are used heavily in the intermediate stages of the algorithm.
4179///
4180/// We also record the alloca instructions deleted here so that they aren't
4181/// subsequently handed to mem2reg to promote.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004182void SROA::deleteDeadInstructions(
4183 SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004184 while (!DeadInsts.empty()) {
4185 Instruction *I = DeadInsts.pop_back_val();
4186 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Deleting dead instruction: " << *I << "\n");
4187
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00004188 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
4189
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004190 for (Use &Operand : I->operands())
4191 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Operand)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004192 // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004193 Operand = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004194 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00004195 DeadInsts.insert(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004196 }
4197
4198 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4199 DeletedAllocas.insert(AI);
4200
4201 ++NumDeleted;
4202 I->eraseFromParent();
4203 }
4204}
4205
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004206static void enqueueUsersInWorklist(Instruction &I,
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004207 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist,
Craig Topper71b7b682014-08-21 05:55:13 +00004208 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &Visited) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004209 for (User *U : I.users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00004210 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004211 Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004212}
4213
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004214/// \brief Promote the allocas, using the best available technique.
4215///
4216/// This attempts to promote whatever allocas have been identified as viable in
4217/// the PromotableAllocas list. If that list is empty, there is nothing to do.
4218/// If there is a domtree available, we attempt to promote using the full power
4219/// of mem2reg. Otherwise, we build and use the AllocaPromoter above which is
4220/// based on the SSAUpdater utilities. This function returns whether any
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00004221/// promotion occurred.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004222bool SROA::promoteAllocas(Function &F) {
4223 if (PromotableAllocas.empty())
4224 return false;
4225
4226 NumPromoted += PromotableAllocas.size();
4227
4228 if (DT && !ForceSSAUpdater) {
4229 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with mem2reg...\n");
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +00004230 PromoteMemToReg(PromotableAllocas, *DT, nullptr, AT);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004231 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4232 return true;
4233 }
4234
4235 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with SSAUpdater...\n");
4236 SSAUpdater SSA;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5bf8fef2014-12-09 18:38:53 +00004237 DIBuilder DIB(*F.getParent(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false);
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004238 SmallVector<Instruction *, 64> Insts;
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004239
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004240 // We need a worklist to walk the uses of each alloca.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004241 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> Worklist;
4242 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004243 SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> DeadInsts;
4244
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004245 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = PromotableAllocas.size(); Idx != Size; ++Idx) {
4246 AllocaInst *AI = PromotableAllocas[Idx];
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004247 Insts.clear();
4248 Worklist.clear();
4249 Visited.clear();
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004250
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004251 enqueueUsersInWorklist(*AI, Worklist, Visited);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004252
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004253 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4254 Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004255
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004256 // FIXME: Currently the SSAUpdater infrastructure doesn't reason about
4257 // lifetime intrinsics and so we strip them (and the bitcasts+GEPs
4258 // leading to them) here. Eventually it should use them to optimize the
4259 // scalar values produced.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004260 if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004261 assert(II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
4262 II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
4263 II->eraseFromParent();
4264 continue;
4265 }
4266
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004267 // Push the loads and stores we find onto the list. SROA will already
4268 // have validated that all loads and stores are viable candidates for
4269 // promotion.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004270 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004271 assert(LI->getType() == AI->getAllocatedType());
4272 Insts.push_back(LI);
4273 continue;
4274 }
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004275 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004276 assert(SI->getValueOperand()->getType() == AI->getAllocatedType());
4277 Insts.push_back(SI);
4278 continue;
4279 }
4280
4281 // For everything else, we know that only no-op bitcasts and GEPs will
4282 // make it this far, just recurse through them and recall them for later
4283 // removal.
Chandler Carruth45b136f2013-08-11 01:03:18 +00004284 DeadInsts.push_back(I);
4285 enqueueUsersInWorklist(*I, Worklist, Visited);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004286 }
4287 AllocaPromoter(Insts, SSA, *AI, DIB).run(Insts);
Chandler Carruthcd7c8cd2013-07-29 09:06:53 +00004288 while (!DeadInsts.empty())
4289 DeadInsts.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
4290 AI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004291 }
4292
4293 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4294 return true;
4295}
4296
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004297bool SROA::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Paul Robinsonaf4e64d2014-02-06 00:07:05 +00004298 if (skipOptnoneFunction(F))
4299 return false;
4300
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004301 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
4302 C = &F.getContext();
Rafael Espindola93512512014-02-25 17:30:31 +00004303 DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>();
4304 if (!DLP) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004305 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Skipping SROA -- no target data!\n");
4306 return false;
4307 }
Rafael Espindola93512512014-02-25 17:30:31 +00004308 DL = &DLP->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00004309 DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP =
4310 getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004311 DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr;
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +00004312 AT = &getAnalysis<AssumptionTracker>();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004313
4314 BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock();
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00004315 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(EntryBB.end());
Chandler Carruthc7d1e242014-12-23 02:58:14 +00004316 I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004317 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4318 Worklist.insert(AI);
4319
4320 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004321 // A set of deleted alloca instruction pointers which should be removed from
4322 // the list of promotable allocas.
4323 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> DeletedAllocas;
4324
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004325 do {
4326 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4327 Changed |= runOnAlloca(*Worklist.pop_back_val());
4328 deleteDeadInstructions(DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruthb09f0a32012-10-02 22:46:45 +00004329
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004330 // Remove the deleted allocas from various lists so that we don't try to
4331 // continue processing them.
4332 if (!DeletedAllocas.empty()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004333 auto IsInSet = [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return DeletedAllocas.count(AI); };
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004334 Worklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
4335 PostPromotionWorklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004336 PromotableAllocas.erase(std::remove_if(PromotableAllocas.begin(),
4337 PromotableAllocas.end(),
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004338 IsInSet),
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004339 PromotableAllocas.end());
4340 DeletedAllocas.clear();
4341 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004342 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004343
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004344 Changed |= promoteAllocas(F);
4345
4346 Worklist = PostPromotionWorklist;
4347 PostPromotionWorklist.clear();
4348 } while (!Worklist.empty());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004349
4350 return Changed;
4351}
4352
4353void SROA::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Hal Finkel60db0582014-09-07 18:57:58 +00004354 AU.addRequired<AssumptionTracker>();
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004355 if (RequiresDomTree)
Chandler Carruth73523022014-01-13 13:07:17 +00004356 AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004357 AU.setPreservesCFG();
4358}